WO2021238834A1 - Arylformamide compound and preparation method and medical use thereof - Google Patents

Arylformamide compound and preparation method and medical use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021238834A1
WO2021238834A1 PCT/CN2021/095424 CN2021095424W WO2021238834A1 WO 2021238834 A1 WO2021238834 A1 WO 2021238834A1 CN 2021095424 W CN2021095424 W CN 2021095424W WO 2021238834 A1 WO2021238834 A1 WO 2021238834A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
alkyl
alkoxy
cycloalkyl
halogen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/095424
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
殷惠军
闫旭
宗利斌
刘国标
张守良
陈彬
Original Assignee
中国医药研究开发中心有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中国医药研究开发中心有限公司 filed Critical 中国医药研究开发中心有限公司
Priority to CN202180004411.6A priority Critical patent/CN114072399A/en
Priority to AU2021282039A priority patent/AU2021282039A1/en
Publication of WO2021238834A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021238834A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4151,2-Diazoles
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425Thiazoles
    • A61K31/427Thiazoles not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings

Definitions

  • the invention belongs to the technical field of medicine, and specifically relates to an arylformamide compound, a preparation method thereof, and a pharmaceutical composition containing the same, and its use as a P2X3 receptor antagonist in the treatment and/or prevention of diseases related to P2X3 activity use.
  • ATP can drive and regulate various sensory behaviors and related responses.
  • ATP can drive and regulate various sensory behaviors and related responses.
  • ATP has a greater impact on sensation.
  • P2X3 is the main receptor that mediates the sensory effects of ATP.
  • the P2X3 receptor is an ATP-gated cation channel and belongs to the P2X receptor family.
  • the P2X receptor family also includes P2X1, P2X2, P2X4, P2X5, P2X6, and P2X7.
  • P2X3 acts in the body in the form of homotrimer P2X3 or heterotrimer P2X2/3 (NeuroReport, 10, 1107-1111).
  • P2X3 and P2X2/3 are mainly expressed in the small and medium diameter C- and A ⁇ -fiber sensory neurons in the dorsal root ganglia (DRG) and cranial sensory ganglia, as well as peripheral nerve endings in the receptive fields of skin, joints and internal organs.
  • DRG dorsal root ganglia
  • cranial sensory ganglia peripheral nerve endings in the receptive fields of skin, joints and internal organs.
  • the P2X3 receptor is a member of the purinergic receptor family. It is a non-selective ligand-gated ion channel. After ATP activates it, it allows Na + , K + , and Ca 2+ to pass, especially Ca 2+ .
  • the permeability is the most obvious, and it plays an important role in the generation and transmission of harmful information.
  • PKA protein kinase A
  • PKC Protein kinase C
  • P2X3 receptors play an important role in the process of nociception. For example, P2X3 receptor knockout significantly reduces the pain response. P2X3 receptor antagonists have antineoplastic effects in various models of pain and inflammatory pain. In addition to its prominent role in nociception and acute and chronic pain, P2X3 receptors have also been shown to be involved in the pathological process of genitourinary system, gastrointestinal and respiratory diseases, especially overactive bladder and chronic cough. Therefore, P2X3 receptors play an important role in the pathological mechanisms of various diseases including pain, genitourinary system diseases, gastrointestinal diseases and respiratory diseases, and are ideal targets for the treatment of these diseases.
  • the P2X3 subunit not only forms a homotrimer, but also a heterotrimer with a P2X2 subunit.
  • the P2X3 and P2X2 subunits are also expressed on the nerve fibers of the tongue, and receptors containing the P2X3 and/or P2X2 subunits participate in taste transmission (bitter, sweet, salty, umami and sour).
  • Studies have shown that P2X3 homotrimers are mainly involved in mediating nociception, while P2X2/X3 heterotrimers are mainly involved in taste perception.
  • Knockout animals lacking P2X2 and P2X3 subunits exhibit reduced taste and even loss of taste, while P2X3 subunit knockouts exhibit mild or no changes in phenotype (J. Physiol. 2015, 593, 1113–1125).
  • P2X3 receptor antagonists the compound Gefapixant (AF-219) developed by Merck and Afferent (PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCE OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, 115(19), 4939-4944 .), the compound is a non-selective antagonist of P2X3 and P2X2/X3, and has shown significant efficacy in the clinical phase II study for chronic cough, but it also shows the side effects of taste interference. This side effect is mainly due to P2X2/3 heterotrimer blockade. Therefore, there is a continuing need for new or improved P2X3 antagonists for the development of new and more effective drugs to treat chronic cough or other diseases related to P2X3.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide a compound represented by the general formula (I) or its meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or mixture form thereof, or Its medicinal salt,
  • W 1 , W 2 , and W 3 are each independently selected from CR 6 or N;
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , and A 5 are each independently selected from C, N, O or S;
  • R 1 is selected from -NR a R b , -NR a S(O) m R b , -NR a S(O) m NR a R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )NR b , -NR a C(O)R b , -NR a C(O)NR a R b , -S(O) m R a , -S(O) m NR a R b , -S(O)(NR a )NR a R b , -OR a , -C(O)NR a R b , -P(O)R a R b , -(CR a R b )R b ;
  • Each R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, mercapto, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl , -C(O)R a , -O(O)CR a , -C(O)OR a , -C(O)NR a R b , -NHC(O)R a , -S(O) m R a, -S (O) m NR a R b, -NHS (O) m R a; wherein said alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl groups are optionally further substituted Selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, oxo, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, ester, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkyn
  • R 3 is selected from aryl or heteroaryl; the aryl or heteroaryl is optionally further substituted with one or more groups selected from halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and haloalkoxy;
  • L is selected from -C(R 4 R 5 )-;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy; wherein the alkyl and alkoxy are optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, One or more group substitutions of ester group, oxo group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group, aryl group and heteroaryl group;
  • R 6 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino, carboxy, ester, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, wherein The alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group, aryl group and heteroaryl group are optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxyl, One or more group substitutions of ester group, oxo group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group, aryl group and heteroaryl group;
  • R a and R b are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino, carboxy, ester, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, Heteroaryl groups, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, One of hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxyl, ester, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, heteroaryl or one of Multiple group substitutions;
  • R a and R b together with the atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group the cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group is optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, oxo, One or more groups of hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxyl, ester, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl replace;
  • n 0, 1 or 2;
  • n is an integer from 0 to 3.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, Or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof which is a compound represented by the general formula (II) or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or In the form of a mixture, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
  • a 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , L, and n are as defined in the general formula (I).
  • R 2 and n are as defined in the general formula (I).
  • R 3 is a C 6 -C 10 aryl group or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl group, preferably phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidiny
  • R 1 is selected from -NR a R b , -NR a S(O) m R b , -NR a S(O) m NR a R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )NR b , -NR a C(O)R b , -NR a C(O)NR a R b , -S(O) m R a , -S(O) m NR a R b , -S(O)(NR a )NR a R b , -OR a , -C(O)NR a R b , -P(O)R a R b , -(CR a R b )R b , preferably -NR a R b , -NR a S(O) 2 R b , -NR
  • R a and R b are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl are optionally further selected from Selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, ester, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, hetero One or more aryl groups are substituted;
  • R a and R b together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5- to 8-membered heterocyclic group the heterocyclic group is optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, oxo, hydroxyl, mercapto, One or more group substitutions of carboxyl group, ester group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group, aryl group and heteroaryl group;
  • n 0, 1, or 2.
  • R 1 is selected from -NR a R b ;
  • R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted;
  • R b is selected from hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is selected from -NR a R b ;
  • R a and R b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 5- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, preferably tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or 8-membered spiro heterocyclic group;
  • the cyclic group is optionally further selected from one or more groups selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy replace.
  • R 1 is selected -S (O) R a, or -SO 2 R a;
  • R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted.
  • R 1 is selected from -S(O) 2 NR a R b ;
  • R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted;
  • R b is selected from hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl
  • R a and R b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 5- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, preferably tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or 8-membered spiro heterocyclic group;
  • the heterocyclic group is optionally further selected from one or more of halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy Group substitution.
  • R 1 is selected from -OR a ;
  • R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted.
  • R 1 is selected from -P(O)R a R b ;
  • R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted;
  • R b is selected from hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl
  • R a and R b together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, especially a phosphoryl group;
  • the heterocyclic group is optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, One or more groups of C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy are substituted.
  • R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic group; preferably C 1 -C 6 alkyl ; Wherein the alkyl group, alkoxy group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group are optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, oxo, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxyl, ester, alkyl, One or more groups of alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are substituted.
  • L is selected from -C(R 4 R 5 )-;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
  • Typical compounds of the present invention include but are not limited to:
  • the present invention further provides a method for preparing the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or mixture thereof Form, its prodrug or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt method, which comprises the following steps:
  • the compound Ig and Ih are subjected to a condensation reaction under basic conditions to obtain a compound of general formula (I), wherein the basic condition is preferably DIPEA, and the condensing agent is preferably HATU;
  • W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , L, and n are as defined in the general formula (I).
  • Another aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition, which contains the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer Isomers, or mixtures thereof, prodrugs or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the present invention further provides the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof, and Use of a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition containing the prodrug in the preparation of a P2X3 antagonist.
  • the present invention further provides the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof, and Use of a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition containing the prodrug in the preparation of a medicine for preventing and/or treating diseases related to P2X3 activity.
  • the present invention further provides the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof, and A prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition containing the prodrug, for use as a P2X3 antagonist.
  • the present invention further provides the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof, and A prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition containing it, for use as a medicine for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases related to P2X3 activity.
  • the present invention further provides a method for preventing and/or treating diseases associated with P2X3 activity, which comprises administering to a subject in need a preventive or therapeutically effective amount of the compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention
  • a preventive or therapeutically effective amount of the compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention The compound or its mesosome, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or mixture thereof, its prodrug or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a pharmaceutical composition containing it.
  • the diseases related to P2X3 activity according to the present invention may be: respiratory diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), asthma, bronchospasm, pulmonary fibrosis, acute cough, Chronic cough, including chronic idiopathic and chronic refractory cough, genitourinary system, gastrointestinal, respiratory and pain-related diseases, gynecological diseases including dysmenorrhea (primary and secondary dysmenorrhea), dyspareunia, dysuria or Orchitis, endometriosis and adenomyosis, endometriosis-related pain, endometriosis-related symptoms, pelvic hypersensitivity, urinary tract disease state related to bladder outlet obstruction, urinary incontinence Symptoms such as decreased bladder capacity, increased urination frequency, urge incontinence, stress urinary incontinence or overreaction of the bladder, benign prostatic hypertrophy, prostatic hyperplasia, prostatitis,
  • respiratory diseases including chronic ob
  • IBS irritable bowel syndrome
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • biliary colic and other biliary diseases renal colic
  • diarrhea Predominant IBS, gastroesophageal reflux, gastrointestinal dilatation, Crohn’s disease
  • neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, cerebral ischemia and traumatic brain injury, Myocardial infarction, lipid disorders, pain-related diseases or conditions are selected from hyperalgesia, allodynia, functional bowel disease, gout, arthritis (such as osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis and ankylosing spondylitis), Burning mouth syndrome, burns, migraine or cluster headache, nerve injury, post-traumatic injury (including fractures and sports injuries), neuritis, neuralgia, poisoning, ischemic injury, interstitial cystitis, cancer, trigeminal Neuralgia, small fiber neuropathy,
  • the compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention can form a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt with an acid.
  • the acid includes inorganic acid and organic acid, particularly preferably hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, naphthalene disulfonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid , Trifluoroacetic acid, maleic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, benzoic acid, etc.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention can form a pharmaceutically acceptable basic addition salt with a base.
  • the base includes inorganic bases and organic bases.
  • Acceptable organic bases include diethanolamine, ethanolamine, N-methylglucamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, etc.
  • acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum hydroxide, hydroxide Calcium, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and sodium hydroxide, etc.
  • the present invention also includes prodrugs of the compounds represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention.
  • the prodrugs of the present invention are derivatives of the compound represented by the general formula (I). They may have weak or even no activity by themselves, but after administration, under physiological conditions (for example, through metabolism, solvolysis) Or another way) is converted into the corresponding biologically active form.
  • the pharmaceutical composition containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral administration, such as tablets, dragees, lozenges, water or oil suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or Elixirs.
  • Oral compositions can be prepared according to any method known in the art for preparing pharmaceutical compositions, and such compositions can contain one or more ingredients selected from the group consisting of sweeteners, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preservatives, To provide pleasing and delicious medicinal preparations.
  • the tablet contains the active ingredient and non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients suitable for the preparation of tablets for mixing.
  • excipients can be inert excipients, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, corn Starch or alginic acid; binders, such as starch, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or gum arabic; and lubricants, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, or talc.
  • These tablets may be uncoated or may be coated by known techniques that mask the taste of the drug or delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract, thereby providing a sustained release effect over a longer period of time.
  • water-soluble taste-masking substances such as hydroxypropyl methylcellulose or hydroxypropyl cellulose, or extended time substances such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate butyrate may be used.
  • Hard gelatin capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin can also be used, or in which the active ingredient is mixed with a water-soluble carrier such as polyethylene glycol or an oil solvent such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • Soft gelatin capsules provide oral preparations.
  • Aqueous suspensions contain the active substance and excipients suitable for the preparation of aqueous suspensions for mixing.
  • excipients are suspending agents, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone and gum arabic; dispersing or wetting agents, which can be natural Produced phospholipids such as lecithin, or condensation products of alkylene oxides and fatty acids, such as polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide and long-chain fatty alcohols, such as seventeen-carbon ethyleneoxy whale Heptadecaethyleneoxy cetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide and partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitols, such as polyethylene oxide sorbitol monooleate, or ethylene oxide with fatty acids and hexitols Condensation products of anhydride-derived partial esters, such as polyethylene oxide sorbitan monooleate
  • the aqueous suspension may also contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl paraben or n-propyl paraben, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents and one or more sweeteners.
  • preservatives such as ethyl paraben or n-propyl paraben
  • coloring agents such as ethyl paraben or n-propyl paraben
  • flavoring agents such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
  • Oil suspensions can be formulated by suspending the active ingredients in vegetable oils such as peanut oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or mineral oils such as liquid paraffin. Oil suspensions may contain thickeners such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. The above-mentioned sweeteners and flavoring agents can be added to provide a palatable preparation. These compositions can be preserved by adding antioxidants such as butylated hydroxyanisole or alpha-tocopherol.
  • dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparing aqueous suspensions can provide the active ingredient and a dispersing or wetting agent for mixing, a suspending agent or one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are as described above. Other excipients such as sweeteners, flavoring agents and coloring agents may also be added. These compositions are preserved by adding antioxidants such as ascorbic acid.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may also be in the form of an oil-in-water emulsion.
  • the oil phase can be a vegetable oil such as olive oil or peanut oil, or a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin or a mixture thereof.
  • Suitable emulsifiers can be naturally occurring phospholipids, such as soybean lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, such as sorbitan monooleate, and condensation of the partial esters and ethylene oxide Products such as polyethylene oxide sorbitol monooleate.
  • the emulsion may also contain sweetening agents, flavoring agents, preservatives and antioxidants.
  • Syrups and elixirs formulated with sweetening agents such as glycerin, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose.
  • Such preparations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, a coloring agent and an antioxidant.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous solution.
  • Acceptable solvents and solvents that can be used are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may be a sterile injectable oil-in-water microemulsion in which the active ingredient is dissolved in the oil phase.
  • the active ingredient is dissolved in a mixture of soybean oil and lecithin.
  • the oil solution is added to the mixture of water and glycerin to form a microemulsion.
  • the injection or microemulsion can be injected into the patient's bloodstream by local large-scale injection. Alternatively, it is best to administer the solution and microemulsion in a manner that maintains a constant circulating concentration of the compound of the present invention. To maintain this constant concentration, a continuous intravenous delivery device can be used.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may be in the form of a sterile injection water or oil suspension for intramuscular and subcutaneous administration.
  • the suspension can be formulated according to known techniques using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents mentioned above.
  • the sterile injection preparation may also be a sterile injection solution or suspension prepared in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, a solution prepared in 1,3-butanediol.
  • sterile fixed oil can be conveniently used as a solvent or suspension medium. For this purpose, any blended fixed oil including synthetic mono- or diglycerides can be used.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid can also be used to prepare injections.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration.
  • These pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid in the rectum and thus will melt in the rectum to release the drug.
  • suitable non-irritating excipient include cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights, and mixtures of fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol.
  • the dosage of drugs depends on many factors, including but not limited to the following factors: the activity of the specific compound used, the patient’s age, the patient’s weight, the patient’s health, the patient’s clothing, and the patient’s The diet, time of administration, mode of administration, rate of excretion, combination of drugs, etc.
  • the best treatment method such as the treatment mode, the daily dosage of the compound of the general formula, or the type of pharmaceutically acceptable salt can be verified according to the traditional treatment plan.
  • the present invention may contain a compound represented by general formula (I), and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof as an active ingredient, mixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient to prepare a composition, and Prepared into a clinically acceptable dosage form.
  • the derivatives of the present invention can be used in combination with other active ingredients as long as they do not produce other adverse effects, such as allergic reactions and the like.
  • the compound of the present invention can be used as the sole active ingredient, and can also be used in combination with other drugs for the treatment of diseases related to P2X3 activity. Combination therapy is achieved by administering the individual therapeutic components simultaneously, separately or sequentially.
  • alkyl refers to a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, which is a straight or branched chain group containing 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group containing 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably containing 1 to 6 carbons Atom of the alkyl group.
  • Non-limiting examples include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1 ,2-Dimethylpropyl, 2,2-Dimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethyl-2- Methylpropyl, 1,1,2-trimethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,3 -Dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, n-heptyl, 2 -Methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 4-methylhe
  • lower alkyl groups containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms More preferred are lower alkyl groups containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Non-limiting examples include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and sec-butyl.
  • Alkyl groups may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • substituents When substituted, substituents may be substituted at any available attachment point.
  • the substituents are preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkanes Group, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkane An oxy group, a heterocycloalkoxy group, a cycloalkylthio group, a heterocycloalkylthio group, an oxo group, a carboxyl group or a carboxylate group.
  • alkenyl refers to an alkyl group as defined above composed of at least two carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-, 2-, or 3 -Butenyl etc. Alkenyl groups may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the substituents are preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, Alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio, heterocycle Alkylthio.
  • alkynyl refers to an alkyl group as defined above composed of at least two carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, such as ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, and the like.
  • the alkynyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the substituent is preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, Alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio, heterocycle Alkylthio.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon substituent.
  • the cycloalkyl ring contains 3 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6 Carbon atoms.
  • Non-limiting examples of monocyclic cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptatriene Groups, cyclooctyl, etc.; polycyclic cycloalkyls include spiro, fused, and bridged cycloalkyls.
  • spirocycloalkyl refers to a polycyclic group that shares one carbon atom (called a spiro atom) between 5- to 20-membered monocyclic rings, which may contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings have complete conjugate ⁇ electron system. It is preferably 6 to 14 yuan, more preferably 7 to 10 yuan.
  • the spirocycloalkyl group is classified into a single spirocycloalkyl group, a bispirocycloalkyl group or a polyspirocycloalkyl group, preferably a single spirocycloalkyl group and a bispirocycloalkyl group. More preferably, it is a 4-membered/4-membered, 4-membered/5-membered, 4-membered/6-membered, 5-membered/5-membered, or 5-membered/6-membered monospirocycloalkyl.
  • spirocycloalkyl groups include:
  • fused cycloalkyl refers to a 5- to 20-membered all-carbon polycyclic group in which each ring in the system shares an adjacent pair of carbon atoms with other rings in the system, wherein one or more of the rings may contain one or Multiple double bonds, but none of the rings have a fully conjugated ⁇ -electron system. It is preferably 6 to 14 yuan, more preferably 7 to 10 yuan.
  • bicyclic, tricyclic, tetracyclic or polycyclic condensed cycloalkyls preferably bicyclic or tricyclic, and more preferably 5-membered/5-membered or 5-membered/6-membered bicyclic alkyl.
  • fused cycloalkyl groups include:
  • bridged cycloalkyl refers to a 5- to 20-membered, all-carbon polycyclic group with any two rings sharing two carbon atoms that are not directly connected. It may contain one or more double bonds, but no ring has a complete Conjugated ⁇ electron system. It is preferably 6 to 14 yuan, more preferably 7 to 10 yuan. According to the number of constituent rings, it can be classified into bicyclic, tricyclic, tetracyclic or polycyclic bridged cycloalkyls, preferably bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic, and more preferably bicyclic or tricyclic.
  • bridged cycloalkyl groups include:
  • the cycloalkyl ring may be fused to an aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring connected to the parent structure is a cycloalkyl group, non-limiting examples include indanyl, tetrahydronaphthalene Group, benzocycloheptanyl group, etc. Cycloalkyl groups may be optionally substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the substituents are preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkane Thio, alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio , Heterocycloalkylthio, oxo, carboxy or carboxylate.
  • heterocyclyl refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon substituent containing 3 to 20 ring atoms, one or more of which is selected from nitrogen, oxygen or S(O) m (where m is an integer of 0 to 2) heteroatoms, but does not include the ring part of -OO-, -OS- or -SS-, and the remaining ring atoms are carbon. It preferably contains 3 to 12 ring atoms, of which 1 to 4 are heteroatoms; most preferably contains 3 to 8 ring atoms, of which 1 to 3 are heteroatoms; most preferably contains 5 to 7 ring atoms, of which 1 to 2 or 1 to 3 are heteroatoms.
  • Non-limiting examples of monocyclic heterocyclic groups include pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, piperidine Group, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, homopiperazinyl, pyranyl, etc., preferably 1, 2, 5-oxadiazolyl, pyranyl or morpholinyl.
  • Polycyclic heterocyclic groups include spiro, fused, and bridged heterocyclic groups.
  • spiroheterocyclic group refers to a polycyclic heterocyclic group that shares one atom (called a spiro atom) between 5- to 20-membered monocyclic rings, in which one or more ring atoms are selected from nitrogen, oxygen or S(O ) Heteroatoms of m (where m is an integer of 0 to 2), and the remaining ring atoms are carbon. It can contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings have a fully conjugated ⁇ -electron system. It is preferably 6 to 14 yuan, more preferably 7 to 10 yuan.
  • the spiro heterocyclic group is classified into a single spiro heterocyclic group, a dispiro heterocyclic group or a polyspiro heterocyclic group, preferably a single spiro heterocyclic group and a dispiro heterocyclic group. More preferably, it is a 4-membered/4-membered, 4-membered/5-membered, 4-membered/6-membered, 5-membered/5-membered, or 5-membered/6-membered monospiro heterocyclic group.
  • Non-limiting examples of spiroheterocyclic groups include:
  • fused heterocyclic group refers to a 5- to 20-membered polycyclic heterocyclic group in which each ring in the system shares an adjacent pair of atoms with other rings in the system.
  • One or more rings may contain one or more Double bond, but none of the rings have a fully conjugated ⁇ -electron system, where one or more of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or S(O) m (where m is an integer from 0 to 2), and the rest of the ring
  • the atom is carbon. It is preferably 6 to 14 yuan, more preferably 7 to 10 yuan.
  • bicyclic, tricyclic, tetracyclic or polycyclic condensed heterocyclic groups preferably bicyclic or tricyclic, more preferably 5-membered/5-membered or 5-membered/6-membered bicyclic condensed heterocyclic group.
  • fused heterocyclic groups include:
  • bridged heterocyclic group refers to a 5- to 14-membered polycyclic heterocyclic group with any two rings sharing two atoms that are not directly connected. It may contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings has a complete common A conjugated ⁇ -electron system in which one or more ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or S(O) m (where m is an integer of 0 to 2), and the remaining ring atoms are carbon. It is preferably 6 to 14 yuan, more preferably 7 to 10 yuan.
  • bridged heterocyclic groups include:
  • the heterocyclic ring may be fused to an aryl, heteroaryl or cycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring connected to the parent structure is a heterocyclic group, non-limiting examples of which include:
  • the heterocyclic group may be optionally substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the substituent is preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkane Thio, alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio , Heterocycloalkylthio, oxo, carboxy or carboxylate.
  • aryl refers to a 6 to 14-membered all-carbon monocyclic or fused polycyclic (that is, rings sharing adjacent pairs of carbon atoms) with a conjugated ⁇ -electron system, preferably 6 to 10 members, such as benzene Base and naphthyl. Phenyl is more preferred.
  • the aryl ring may be fused on a heteroaryl, heterocyclic or cycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring connected to the parent structure is an aryl ring, non-limiting examples of which include:
  • the aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the substituent is preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, Alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio, heterocycle Alkylthio, carboxy, or carboxylate.
  • heteroaryl refers to a heteroaromatic system containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms and 5 to 14 ring atoms, where the heteroatoms are selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen.
  • Heteroaryl groups are preferably 5- to 10-membered, containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms; more preferably 5-membered or 6-membered, containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms; preferably, for example, imidazolyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridine Azolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, thiadiazole, pyrazinyl, etc., preferably imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl or pyrimidinyl, thiazolyl; more preferably Pyrazolyl or thiazolyl.
  • the heteroaryl ring may be fused to an aryl, heterocyclic or cycl
  • Heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the substituents are preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkane Thio, alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio , Heterocycloalkylthio, carboxyl or carboxylate.
  • alkoxy refers to -O- (alkyl) and -O- (unsubstituted cycloalkyl), where the definition of alkyl is as described above.
  • alkoxy groups include: methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy.
  • the alkoxy group may be optionally substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the substituent is preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkane Thio, alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio , Heterocycloalkylthio, carboxyl or carboxylate.
  • groups are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkane Thio, alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio , Heterocycloalkylthio, carboxyl or carboxy
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more halogens, where the alkyl group is as defined above.
  • haloalkoxy refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more halogens, where alkoxy is as defined above.
  • hydroxyalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxy group, where the alkyl group is as defined above.
  • hydroxy refers to the -OH group.
  • halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • amino refers to -NH 2 .
  • cyano refers to -CN.
  • nitro refers to -NO 2 .
  • mercapto refers to -SH.
  • ester group refers to -C(O)O (alkyl) or -C(O)O (cycloalkyl), where alkyl and cycloalkyl are as defined above.
  • acyl refers to a compound containing a -C(O)R group, where R is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a heterocyclic group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • sulfonic acid refers to -S(O) 2 OH.
  • sulfonate group refers to -S(O) 2 O (alkyl) or -S(O) 2 O (cycloalkyl), where alkyl and cycloalkyl are as defined above.
  • sulfonyl refers to a compound of the -S(O) 2 R group, where R is alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • aminoacyl refers to -C(O)-NRR', wherein R and R'are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl.
  • aminonosulfonyl or “sulfonylamino” refers to -S(O) 2 -NRR', wherein R and R'are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl base.
  • heterocyclic group optionally substituted by an alkyl group means that an alkyl group may but does not have to be present.
  • the description includes the case where the heterocyclic group is substituted by an alkyl group and the case where the heterocyclic group is not substituted by an alkyl group. .
  • Substituted refers to one or more hydrogen atoms in the group, preferably up to 5, more preferably 1 to 3 hydrogen atoms independently of each other substituted by a corresponding number of substituents. It goes without saying that the substituents are only in their possible chemical positions, and those skilled in the art can determine (by experiment or theory) possible or impossible substitutions without too much effort. For example, an amino group or a hydroxyl group with free hydrogen may be unstable when combined with a carbon atom with an unsaturated (e.g., olefinic) bond.
  • “Pharmaceutical composition” means a mixture containing one or more of the compounds described herein or their physiologically/pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs and other chemical components, as well as other components such as physiological/pharmaceutically acceptable carriers And excipients.
  • the purpose of the pharmaceutical composition is to promote the administration to the organism, facilitate the absorption of the active ingredients and then exert the biological activity.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to the salt of the compound of the present invention, which is safe and effective when used in mammals, and has due biological activity.
  • the present invention adopts the following technical solutions.
  • Step 1 Reacting compound Ia with Ra (O) under acidic conditions and the presence of a reducing agent to obtain compound Ib, wherein the acidic reagent is preferably acetic acid, and the reducing agent is preferably sodium cyanoborohydride;
  • Step 2 Under alkaline conditions, reacting compound Ib with R b I to obtain compound Ic, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably NaH;
  • Step 3 In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound Ic is reacted with pinacol diboronic acid to obtain compound Id, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 100°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium acetate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(dppf) Cl 2 catalyst;
  • Step 4 In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound Id is reacted with compound Ie to obtain compound If, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 90°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium carbonate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(dppf)Cl 2 catalyst;
  • Step 5 Under alkaline conditions, hydrolyze compound If to obtain compound Ig, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably lithium hydroxide;
  • Step 6 In the presence of a condensing agent, the compound Ig and Ih are subjected to a condensation reaction under basic conditions to obtain a compound of general formula (I), wherein the basic condition is preferably DIPEA, and the condensing agent is preferably HATU.
  • the basic condition is preferably DIPEA
  • the condensing agent is preferably HATU.
  • Step 1 The compound Ii is reacted with (4-methoxyphenyl)methanethiol in the presence of high temperature, basicity and a catalyst to obtain compound Ij, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 100°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably DIPEA, and the catalyst is preferably Pd 2 (dba) 3 and Xantphos;
  • the high temperature condition is preferably 100°C
  • the alkaline reagent is preferably DIPEA
  • the catalyst is preferably Pd 2 (dba) 3 and Xantphos
  • Step 2 In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound Ij is reacted with pinacol diboronic acid ester to obtain compound Ik, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 100°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium acetate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(dppf) Cl 2 ;
  • Step 3 In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound Ik is reacted with compound Ie to obtain compound Il, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 90°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium carbonate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(dppf)Cl 2 ;
  • Step 4 In the presence of a low temperature and an oxidizing agent, the compound 11 is reacted to obtain the compound Im, wherein the low temperature condition is preferably -15°C, and the oxidizing agent is preferably 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (DCDMH);
  • DCDMH 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin
  • Step 5 under basic conditions, with Im HR a compound obtained by reacting a compound of In, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably sodium carbonate;
  • Step 6 Under alkaline conditions, hydrolyze compound In to obtain compound Io, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably lithium hydroxide;
  • Step 7 In the presence of a condensing agent, the compound Io and Ih are subjected to a condensation reaction under basic conditions to obtain a compound of general formula (I), wherein the basic condition is preferably DIPEA, and the condensing agent is preferably HATU.
  • the basic condition is preferably DIPEA
  • the condensing agent is preferably HATU.
  • Step 1 Under alkaline conditions, reacting compound Im with HNR a R b to obtain compound Ip, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably sodium carbonate;
  • Step 2 Under alkaline conditions, the compound Ip is hydrolyzed to obtain the compound Iq, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably lithium hydroxide;
  • Step 3 In the presence of a condensing agent, the compound Iq and Ih are subjected to a condensation reaction under basic conditions to obtain a compound of general formula (I), wherein the basic condition is preferably DIPEA, and the condensing agent is preferably HATU.
  • the basic condition is preferably DIPEA
  • the condensing agent is preferably HATU.
  • Step 1 In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound Ir is reacted with HP(O)R a R b to obtain compound Is, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 65°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium phosphate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(OAc ) 2 and Xantphos;
  • Step 2 In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound Is is reacted with diboronic acid pinacol ester to obtain compound It, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 100°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium acetate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(dppf) Cl 2 ;
  • Step 3 In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound It and Ie are reacted to obtain compound Iu, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 90°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium carbonate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(dppf)Cl 2 ;
  • Step 4 Under alkaline conditions, hydrolyze compound Iu to obtain compound Iv, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably lithium hydroxide;
  • Step 5 In the presence of a condensing agent, the compound Iv and Ih are subjected to a condensation reaction under basic conditions to obtain a compound of general formula (I), wherein the basic condition is preferably DIPEA, and the condensing agent is preferably HATU.
  • the basic condition is preferably DIPEA
  • the condensing agent is preferably HATU.
  • W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and L are as defined in the general formula (I).
  • the structure of the compound is determined by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) or/and mass spectrometry (MS). NMR shifts are given in units of 10 -6 (ppm). NMR is measured by Brukerdps300 nuclear magnetometer, the solvent is deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d 6 ), deuterated chloroform (CDCl 3 ), deuterated methanol (CD 3 OD), and the internal standard is tetramethyl Silane (TMS).
  • DMSO-d 6 dimethyl sulfoxide
  • CDCl 3 deuterated chloroform
  • CD 3 OD deuterated methanol
  • TMS tetramethyl Silane
  • GC-MS measurement uses GCMS-QP2010SE.
  • the lc3000 high performance liquid chromatograph and lc6000 high performance liquid chromatograph are used for the preparation of the liquid phase.
  • the chromatographic column is Daisogel C18 10 ⁇ m 60A (20mm ⁇ 250mm).
  • HPLC determination uses Shimadzu LC-20AD high pressure liquid chromatograph (Agilent TC-C18 250 ⁇ 4.6mm 5 ⁇ m column) and Shimadzu LC-2010AHT high pressure liquid chromatograph (Phenomenex C18 250 ⁇ 4.6mm 5 ⁇ m column).
  • the thin layer chromatography silica gel plate uses Qingdao Ocean Chemical GF254 silica gel plate, the size of the silica gel plate used in thin layer chromatography (TLC) is 0.15mm ⁇ 0.2mm, and the size of thin layer chromatography separation and purification products is 0.4mm ⁇ 0.5 mm.
  • the known starting materials of the present invention can be synthesized by or according to methods known in the art, or can be purchased from the network shopping mall, Beijing Coupling, Sigma, Bailingwei, Yi Shiming, Shanghai Shuya, Inokia, Nanjing Yaoshi, Anaiji Chemical and other companies.
  • reaction can all be carried out under an argon atmosphere or a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the argon atmosphere or nitrogen atmosphere means that the reaction flask is connected to an argon or nitrogen balloon with a volume of about 1L.
  • the microwave reaction uses CEM Discover SP type microwave reactor.
  • the solution refers to an aqueous solution.
  • reaction temperature is room temperature, which is 20°C to 30°C.
  • the monitoring of the reaction progress in the examples adopts thin-layer chromatography (TLC).
  • the developing reagent system used in the reaction includes: A: dichloromethane and methanol system, B: n-hexane and ethyl acetate system, C: petroleum ether And ethyl acetate system, D: acetone, the volume ratio of the solvent is adjusted according to the polarity of the compound.
  • the eluent system of column chromatography and the developing solvent system of thin layer chromatography used to purify compounds include: A: dichloromethane and methanol system, B: petroleum ether, ethyl acetate and dichloromethane system, C: petroleum In the ether and ethyl acetate system, the volume ratio of the solvent is adjusted according to the polarity of the compound, and a small amount of basic or acidic reagents such as triethylamine and acetic acid can also be added for adjustment.
  • Step 4 Synthesis of methyl 3-(methyl(oxetan-3-yl)amino)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)benzoate (1e)
  • reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was extracted with 50 mL of ethyl acetate and 50 mL of water.
  • the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step 6 (R)-3-(Methyl(oxetan-3-yl)amino)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(tri Synthesis of (fluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (compound 1)
  • Step 3 Synthesis of methyl 3-((4-methoxybenzyl)thio)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)benzoate (2d)
  • reaction solution was filtered, and 100 mL of ethyl acetate and 100 mL of water were added to the filtrate for extraction.
  • the organic phase was washed once with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step 4 Synthesis of methyl 3-(chlorosulfonyl)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)benzoate (2e)
  • Step 5 Synthesis of methyl 3-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)benzoate (2f)
  • Step 7 (R)-3-(5-Methylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine- Synthesis of 5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (compound 2)
  • reaction solution was poured into 100 mL ice water, stirred for 10 minutes, filtered, and the filter cake was passed through preparative liquid chromatography (column: Hedea ODS-2 C18, 300mm*250mm, 10 ⁇ m; eluent: 0%- 100% acetonitrile: aqueous solution) to obtain 107 mg of the title product as a white solid, yield: 51.2%.
  • the preparation method was the same as in Example 2, except that ammonia water was used instead of tetrahydropyrrole to obtain the title compound 3.
  • the preparation method was the same as in Example 2, except that cyclopropylamine was used instead of tetrahydropyrrole to obtain the title compound 5.
  • reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, 50 mL of ethyl acetate and 50 mL of water were added to the residue for extraction, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Step 1 (R)-3-(Methyl(piperidin-4-yl)amino)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl) )Pyrimidine-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (Compound 7)
  • the preparation method is the same as that of Example 1, except that N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-4-piperidone is used instead of oxetan-3-one to prepare Intermediate 7a.
  • Step 4 (R)-3-(3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-5-(oxetan-3-yloxy)-N-(1-(2-( Synthesis of trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (compound 9)
  • the preparation method was the same as in Example 2, except that 4,4-difluoropiperidine was used instead of tetrahydropyrrole to obtain the title compound 10.
  • Test Example 1 Evaluation of the compound of the present invention on the inhibitory activity of human P2X3 receptors
  • Fluorescence Image Plate Reader (FLIPR, Molecular Devices, 0296) was used to monitor changes in intracellular calcium levels to evaluate the inhibitory activity of the compounds of the present invention on human P2X3 receptors.
  • trypsin (Thermofisher, 12604021) digests the cells and resuspends them in cell seeding medium (DMEM, high glucose ( 31053028, Gibco) + 2% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) (Gibco, 10099141) + 4mM GlutaMAX (Gibco, 35050-061)), inoculate 11000 cells/well/25 ⁇ L to a 384-well cell culture plate (Corning, 3845) Component A powder (FLIPR Calcium 6 Assay Kit) was incubated in an incubator at 37°C and 5% CO 2 for 22 hours.
  • DMEM high glucose
  • FBS Fetal Bovine Serum
  • GlutaMAX GlutaMAX
  • the cell culture plate is allowed to stand at room temperature for 10 minutes, and the working solution of the compound to be tested (the initial concentration of detection is 10000 nM, and the cell seeding medium is used to dilute 3 times so that the final concentration of DMSO is 0.1%) is added to the corresponding 384-well cell culture plate Incubate the experimental wells at room temperature for 30 minutes.
  • Use FLIPR Tetra (Molecular Devices, 0296) to add 10 ⁇ L of diluted ⁇ , ⁇ -MeATP to the corresponding experimental wells to be tested, set the excitation wavelength to 470-495nm and the emission wavelength to 515- Detect the fluorescence value at 575nm and collect the data.
  • the inhibitory activity of the compounds of the present invention on P2X3 receptors is shown in Table 1 below.
  • the compound of the present invention inhibits the IC 50 value of P2X3 receptor
  • Test Example 2 Evaluation of the compound of the present invention on the inhibitory activity of human P2X2/3 receptor
  • the FLIPR method was used to monitor changes in intracellular calcium levels to evaluate the inhibitory activity of the compounds of the present invention on human P2X2/3 receptors.
  • the HEK293/hP2X2/3 cell line (Bioduro clone#164) was resuscitated, and the cells were seeded in a 384-well plate coated with 5 ⁇ L/well of 1X Matrigel (BD Bioscience, 354230). Incubate for 30 minutes in a 37°C, 5% CO 2 incubator. Then process the cells, remove the culture medium, wash once with PBS, digest the cells with 0.25% trypsin-EDTA (Invitrogen, 25200056), and adjust the cell density to 7.5 ⁇ 10 5 /mL. Add the diluted cells to a 384-well detection plate (Corning, 3709), 20 ⁇ L/well.
  • the inhibitory activity of the compounds of the present invention on P2X2/3 receptors is shown in Table 2 below.
  • the compound of the present invention inhibits the IC 50 value of P2X2/3 receptor
  • the compound of the present invention has poor inhibitory activity on P2X2/3 heterodimeric receptors.
  • Test Example 3 Pharmacokinetic properties of the compound of the present invention
  • the oral dosage of the compound of Example 6 and Example 12 was 3 mg/kg, and the blood sampling point was determined to be 8 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 3 hours, 5 hours, 8 minutes before oral administration and after administration. Hours, 10 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours. Animals were anesthetized by inhalation, anesthesia parameters: flow rate: 1.0 L/m, oxygen pressure: 0.1 MPa, solubility: 4.5%, anesthesia time: 3 minutes. After the animal was anesthetized, 0.5 mL of blood was collected from the orbit, and the blood collection tube was added at a volume ratio of 10 mg/mL lithium heparin to plasma at a volume ratio of 1:10 for anticoagulation. After mixing uniformly, centrifuge at 3000 rpm/centrifuge for 10 minutes, take the upper layer of plasma, and freeze it in a refrigerator at -20°C for later use.
  • DAS was used for statistical analysis. Obtain various pharmacokinetic parameters and drug-time curves.
  • Test Example 4 Efficacy of the compound of the present invention on histamine-citrate guinea pig acute cough model
  • mice were grouped into a model control group, a 3 mg/kg administration group of the compound of Example 6 and a 30 mg/kg administration group of the compound of Example 6. 30-60 minutes before stimulating guinea pigs to cough, each group was given corresponding drugs. First, use 2mg/mL histamine solution ultrasonic atomization inhalation to the allergic guinea pig for 1-2 minutes, and quickly take it out after coughing.
  • Example 6 can effectively prolong the incubation period of cough in guinea pigs, significantly reduce the number of coughs, and has the value of further development.

Abstract

The present invention relates to an arylformamide compound and a preparation method and a medical use thereof. Particularly, the present invention relates to a compound shown in a general formula (I), a preparation method thereof, a pharmaceutical composition containing the compound and a use thereof as a P2X3 receptor antagonist. The compound and the pharmaceutical composition containing the compound can be used for treating and/or preventing diseases related to P2X3 activity, such as chronic cough, pain, endometriosis, overactive bladder etc. The definition of each substituent in the general formula (I) is the same as that in the specification.

Description

芳甲酰胺类化合物及其制备方法和医药用途Aromatic carboxamide compounds, preparation method and medical use thereof 技术领域Technical field
本发明属于医药技术领域,具体涉及一种芳甲酰胺类化合物、其制备方法及含有其的药物组合物,以及其作为P2X3受体拮抗剂在治疗和/或预防与P2X3活性相关的疾病中的用途。The invention belongs to the technical field of medicine, and specifically relates to an arylformamide compound, a preparation method thereof, and a pharmaceutical composition containing the same, and its use as a P2X3 receptor antagonist in the treatment and/or prevention of diseases related to P2X3 activity use.
背景技术Background technique
ATP在病理环境中水平升高,表明其在许多疾病的发病机制中扮演重要角色。特别地,ATP可驱动和调节各种感觉行为和相关反应。当机体受到刺激(紫外线和化学损伤等)或处于病理学状态(哮喘、膀胱疼痛综合征等)时,ATP对感觉影响更大。The elevated level of ATP in the pathological environment indicates that it plays an important role in the pathogenesis of many diseases. In particular, ATP can drive and regulate various sensory behaviors and related responses. When the body is stimulated (ultraviolet rays and chemical damage, etc.) or in a pathological state (asthma, bladder pain syndrome, etc.), ATP has a greater impact on sensation.
许多细胞表面受体(嘌呤能受体)参与介导ATP的感觉信号功能,其中,P2X3是介导ATP的感觉效应的主要受体。P2X3受体是ATP门控阳离子通道,属于P2X受体家族成员,P2X受体家族还包括P2X1、P2X2、P2X4、P2X5、P2X6、P2X7。P2X3在体内以同源三聚体P2X3或异三聚体P2X2/3的形式发挥作用(NeuroReport,10,1107–1111)。Many cell surface receptors (purinergic receptors) are involved in mediating the sensory signal function of ATP. Among them, P2X3 is the main receptor that mediates the sensory effects of ATP. The P2X3 receptor is an ATP-gated cation channel and belongs to the P2X receptor family. The P2X receptor family also includes P2X1, P2X2, P2X4, P2X5, P2X6, and P2X7. P2X3 acts in the body in the form of homotrimer P2X3 or heterotrimer P2X2/3 (NeuroReport, 10, 1107-1111).
P2X3和P2X2/3主要表达于背根神经节(DRG)和颅感觉神经节内的中小直径C-和Aδ-纤维感觉神经元,以及皮肤、关节和内脏等组织的感受野中的周围神经末梢。P2X3 and P2X2/3 are mainly expressed in the small and medium diameter C- and Aδ-fiber sensory neurons in the dorsal root ganglia (DRG) and cranial sensory ganglia, as well as peripheral nerve endings in the receptive fields of skin, joints and internal organs.
P2X3受体是嘌呤类受体家族中的一员,是非选择性的配体门控离子通道,ATP将其激活后,允许Na +、K +、Ca 2+通过,尤以Ca 2+的通透性最为明显,在伤害性信息的产生、传递中起着重要的作用。当机体受到伤害或神经损伤后释放大量ATP,激活突触前膜P2X3受体,引起大量Ca 2+内流,细胞内钙浓度增加激活蛋白激酶A(protein kinase A,PKA)、蛋白激酶C(protein kinase C,PKC),使得PKA、PKC磷酸化,同时促进了谷氨酸释放,进一步激活NMDA受体,导致兴奋性突触后电流的产生,引起中枢敏感化。 The P2X3 receptor is a member of the purinergic receptor family. It is a non-selective ligand-gated ion channel. After ATP activates it, it allows Na + , K + , and Ca 2+ to pass, especially Ca 2+ . The permeability is the most obvious, and it plays an important role in the generation and transmission of harmful information. When the body is injured or nerve damage, a large amount of ATP is released, which activates the P2X3 receptor of the presynaptic membrane, causing a large amount of Ca 2+ influx, and the increase in intracellular calcium concentration activates protein kinase A (PKA) and protein kinase C ( Protein kinase C (PKC) phosphorylates PKA and PKC, and at the same time promotes the release of glutamate, which further activates the NMDA receptors, leading to the generation of excitatory postsynaptic currents and causing central sensitization.
多种动物模型研究显示P2X3受体在伤害感受过程中具有重要作用。例如,P2X3受体敲除显著减轻疼痛反应。P2X3受体拮抗剂在疼痛和炎性疼痛的多种模型中具有抗伤害作用。除在伤害感受和急慢性疼痛中的突出作用外,P2X3受体还被证明参与泌尿生殖系统、胃肠道和呼吸系统疾病的病理过程,特别是膀胱过度活动症和慢性咳嗽。因此,P2X3受体在包括疼痛、泌尿生殖系统疾病、胃肠道疾病和呼吸系统疾病在内的多种疾病的病理机制中扮演重要角色,是治疗这些疾病的理想靶点。A variety of animal model studies have shown that P2X3 receptors play an important role in the process of nociception. For example, P2X3 receptor knockout significantly reduces the pain response. P2X3 receptor antagonists have antineoplastic effects in various models of pain and inflammatory pain. In addition to its prominent role in nociception and acute and chronic pain, P2X3 receptors have also been shown to be involved in the pathological process of genitourinary system, gastrointestinal and respiratory diseases, especially overactive bladder and chronic cough. Therefore, P2X3 receptors play an important role in the pathological mechanisms of various diseases including pain, genitourinary system diseases, gastrointestinal diseases and respiratory diseases, and are ideal targets for the treatment of these diseases.
P2X3亚基不仅形成同源三聚体,还形成具有P2X2亚基的异源三聚体。P2X3亚基和P2X2亚基也在舌头的神经纤维上表达,含有P2X3和/或P2X2亚基的受体 参与味觉传递(苦味、甜味、咸味、鲜味和酸味)。研究表明,P2X3同三聚体主要参与介导伤害感受,而P2X2/X3异三聚体主要参与味觉感受。缺乏P2X2和P2X3亚基的敲除动物表现出降低的味觉和甚至味觉丧失,而P2X3亚单位敲除表现出表型的温和或无变化(J.Physiol.2015,593,1113–1125)。The P2X3 subunit not only forms a homotrimer, but also a heterotrimer with a P2X2 subunit. The P2X3 and P2X2 subunits are also expressed on the nerve fibers of the tongue, and receptors containing the P2X3 and/or P2X2 subunits participate in taste transmission (bitter, sweet, salty, umami and sour). Studies have shown that P2X3 homotrimers are mainly involved in mediating nociception, while P2X2/X3 heterotrimers are mainly involved in taste perception. Knockout animals lacking P2X2 and P2X3 subunits exhibit reduced taste and even loss of taste, while P2X3 subunit knockouts exhibit mild or no changes in phenotype (J. Physiol. 2015, 593, 1113–1125).
目前,在P2X3受体拮抗剂领域研究最快的是Merck和Afferent公司研发的化合物Gefapixant(AF-219)(PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,115(19),4939-4944.),该化合物是P2X3和P2X2/X3非选择性拮抗剂,在针对慢性咳嗽的临床II期研究中表现出显著疗效,但也表现出味觉干扰的副作用。这种副作用主要归因于P2X2/3异三聚体阻断。因此,持续地需要新型或改进的P2X3拮抗剂,以用于开发新的、更有效的药物来治疗慢性咳嗽或其它与P2X3相关的疾病。At present, the fastest research in the field of P2X3 receptor antagonists is the compound Gefapixant (AF-219) developed by Merck and Afferent (PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCE OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, 115(19), 4939-4944 .), the compound is a non-selective antagonist of P2X3 and P2X2/X3, and has shown significant efficacy in the clinical phase II study for chronic cough, but it also shows the side effects of taste interference. This side effect is mainly due to P2X2/3 heterotrimer blockade. Therefore, there is a continuing need for new or improved P2X3 antagonists for the development of new and more effective drugs to treat chronic cough or other diseases related to P2X3.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明人经过潜心研究,设计合成了一系列取代的芳甲酰胺类化合物,并对其进行了P2X3活性的筛选,研究结果显示该类化合物具有突出的P2X3拮抗活性,并且可以被开发为治疗和/或预防与P2X3活性相关的疾病的药物。After painstaking research, the inventors designed and synthesized a series of substituted arylformamide compounds, and screened them for P2X3 activity. The research results showed that these compounds have outstanding P2X3 antagonistic activity and can be developed as therapeutic and / Or drugs to prevent diseases related to P2X3 activity.
因此,本发明的目的为提供一种通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,Therefore, the object of the present invention is to provide a compound represented by the general formula (I) or its meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or mixture form thereof, or Its medicinal salt,
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000001
其中:in:
W 1、W 2、W 3各自独立地选自CR 6或N; W 1 , W 2 , and W 3 are each independently selected from CR 6 or N;
A 1、A 2、A 3、A 4、A 5各自独立地选自C、N、O或S; A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , and A 5 are each independently selected from C, N, O or S;
R 1选自-NR aR b、-NR aS(O) mR b、-NR aS(O) mNR aR b、-NR aS(O)(NR a)R b、-NR aS(O)(NR a)NR b、-NR aC(O)R b、-NR aC(O)NR aR b、-S(O) mR a、-S(O) mNR aR b、-S(O)(NR a)NR aR b、-OR a、-C(O)NR aR b、-P(O)R aR b、-(CR aR b)R bR 1 is selected from -NR a R b , -NR a S(O) m R b , -NR a S(O) m NR a R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )NR b , -NR a C(O)R b , -NR a C(O)NR a R b , -S(O) m R a , -S(O) m NR a R b , -S(O)(NR a )NR a R b , -OR a , -C(O)NR a R b , -P(O)R a R b , -(CR a R b )R b ;
每一个R 2各自独立地选自氢、卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、羟基、巯基、氧代基、烷基、烷氧基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、-C(O)R a、-O(O)CR a、-C(O)OR a、-C(O)NR aR b、-NHC(O)R a、-S(O) mR a、-S(O) mNR aR b、-NHS(O) mR a;其中所述烷基、烷氧基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、氧代基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; Each R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, mercapto, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl , -C(O)R a , -O(O)CR a , -C(O)OR a , -C(O)NR a R b , -NHC(O)R a , -S(O) m R a, -S (O) m NR a R b, -NHS (O) m R a; wherein said alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl groups are optionally further substituted Selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, oxo, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, ester, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, hetero One or more groups of aryl are substituted;
R 3选自芳基或杂芳基;所述芳基或杂芳基任选进一步被选自卤素、烷基、卤 代烷基、烷氧基、卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代; R 3 is selected from aryl or heteroaryl; the aryl or heteroaryl is optionally further substituted with one or more groups selected from halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and haloalkoxy;
L选自-C(R 4R 5)-; L is selected from -C(R 4 R 5 )-;
R 4和R 5各自独立地选自氢、烷基、烷氧基;其中所述烷基和烷氧基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、氧代基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy; wherein the alkyl and alkoxy are optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, One or more group substitutions of ester group, oxo group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group, aryl group and heteroaryl group;
R 6选自氢、卤素、羟基、氰基、氨基、羧基、酯基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基,其中所述烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基和杂芳基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、氧代基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; R 6 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino, carboxy, ester, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, wherein The alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group, aryl group and heteroaryl group are optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxyl, One or more group substitutions of ester group, oxo group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group, aryl group and heteroaryl group;
R a和R b各自独立地选自氢、卤素、羟基、氰基、氨基、羧基、酯基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基,其中所述烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基和杂芳基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、氧代基、烷基、烷氧基、卤代烷基、卤代烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; R a and R b are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino, carboxy, ester, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, Heteroaryl groups, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, One of hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxyl, ester, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, heteroaryl or one of Multiple group substitutions;
或者R a和R b与他们连接的原子一起形成环烷基或杂环基,所述环烷基或杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、氧代基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、烷基、烷氧基、卤代烷基、卤代烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; Or R a and R b together with the atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group, the cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group is optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, oxo, One or more groups of hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxyl, ester, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl replace;
m为0、1或2;m is 0, 1 or 2;
n为0至3的整数。n is an integer from 0 to 3.
在本发明一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其为通式(II)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, Or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, which is a compound represented by the general formula (II) or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or In the form of a mixture, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000002
其中,A 1、A 2、A 3、A 4、A 5、R 1、R 2、R 3、L、n如通式(I)所定义。 Wherein, A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , L, and n are as defined in the general formula (I).
在本发明另一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer , Or its mixture form, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, wherein,
基团
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000003
选自吡咯基、呋喃基、噻吩基、吡唑基、咪唑基、噻唑基、噁唑 基、异噻唑基、异噁唑基、1,3,4-噁二唑基、1,2,4-噁二唑基、1,3,4-噻二唑基、1,2,4-噻二唑基、三唑基或四唑基,优选吡唑基、噻唑基、噁唑基或1,3,4-噁二唑基,更优选噻唑基;
Group
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000003
Selected from pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4 -Oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, triazolyl or tetrazolyl, preferably pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl or 1, 3,4-oxadiazolyl, more preferably thiazolyl;
所述的
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000004
被n个R 2所取代;
Said
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000004
Replaced by n R 2;
R 2和n如通式(I)所定义。 R 2 and n are as defined in the general formula (I).
在本发明另一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,R 3为C 6-C 10芳基或5至10元杂芳基,优选苯基、吡啶基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基、哒嗪基,更优选嘧啶基,所述芳基或杂芳基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代。 In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer , Or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R 3 is a C 6 -C 10 aryl group or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl group, preferably phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, or pyridazine Group, more preferably pyrimidinyl, the aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 One or more groups of -C 6 haloalkoxy are substituted.
在本发明另一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer , Or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
R 1选自-NR aR b、-NR aS(O) mR b、-NR aS(O) mNR aR b、-NR aS(O)(NR a)R b、-NR aS(O)(NR a)NR b、-NR aC(O)R b、-NR aC(O)NR aR b、-S(O) mR a、-S(O) mNR aR b、-S(O)(NR a)NR aR b、-OR a、-C(O)NR aR b、-P(O)R aR b、-(CR aR b)R b,优选-NR aR b、-NR aS(O) 2R b、-NR aS(O)(NR a)R b、-NR aS(O) 2NR aR b、-NR aS(O)(NR a)NR b、-NR aC(O)R b、-NR aC(O)NR aR b、-S(O)R a、-SO 2R a、-S(O) 2NR aR b、-S(O)(NR a)NR aR b、-OR a、-P(O)R aR bR 1 is selected from -NR a R b , -NR a S(O) m R b , -NR a S(O) m NR a R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )NR b , -NR a C(O)R b , -NR a C(O)NR a R b , -S(O) m R a , -S(O) m NR a R b , -S(O)(NR a )NR a R b , -OR a , -C(O)NR a R b , -P(O)R a R b , -(CR a R b )R b , preferably -NR a R b , -NR a S(O) 2 R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )R b , -NR a S(O) 2 NR a R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )NR b , -NR a C(O)R b , -NR a C(O)NR a R b , -S(O)R a , -SO 2 R a , -S( O) 2 NR a R b , -S(O)(NR a )NR a R b , -OR a , -P(O)R a R b ;
R a和R b各自独立地选自氢、卤素、烷基、烷氧基、环烷基、杂环基,其中所述烷基、烷氧基、环烷基、杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、氧代基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; R a and R b are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl are optionally further selected from Selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, ester, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, hetero One or more aryl groups are substituted;
或者R a和R b与他们连接的原子一起形成5至8元杂环基,所述杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、氧代基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; Or R a and R b together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group is optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, oxo, hydroxyl, mercapto, One or more group substitutions of carboxyl group, ester group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group, aryl group and heteroaryl group;
m为0、1或2。m is 0, 1, or 2.
在本发明的一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer , Or its mixture form, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, wherein,
R 1选自-NR aR bR 1 is selected from -NR a R b ;
R a选自氢、C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基特别是环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、或5-8元杂环基特别是氧杂环丁烷基、氮杂环丁烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基,其中所述C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基、5-8元杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代 烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代; R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted;
R b选自氢或C 1-C 6烷基。 R b is selected from hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
在本发明的另一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer Body, or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R 1选自-NR aR bR 1 is selected from -NR a R b ;
R a和R b与他们连接的氮原子一起形成5至8元杂环基,优选四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基、或8元螺杂环基;所述杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代。 R a and R b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 5- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, preferably tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or 8-membered spiro heterocyclic group; The cyclic group is optionally further selected from one or more groups selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy replace.
在本发明的另一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer Body, or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R 1选自-S(O)R a或-SO 2R aR 1 is selected -S (O) R a, or -SO 2 R a;
R a选自氢、C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基特别是环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、或5-8元杂环基特别是氧杂环丁烷基、氮杂环丁烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基,其中所述C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基、5-8元杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代。 R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted.
在本发明的另一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer Body, or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R 1选自-S(O) 2NR aR bR 1 is selected from -S(O) 2 NR a R b ;
R a选自氢、C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基特别是环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、或5-8元杂环基特别是氧杂环丁烷基、氮杂环丁烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基,其中所述C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基、5-8元杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代; R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted;
R b选自氢或C 1-C 6烷基; R b is selected from hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
或者,R a和R b与他们连接的氮原子一起形成5至8元杂环基,优选四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基、或8元螺杂环基;所述杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代。 Alternatively, R a and R b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 5- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, preferably tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or 8-membered spiro heterocyclic group; The heterocyclic group is optionally further selected from one or more of halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy Group substitution.
在本发明的另一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer Body, or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R 1选自-OR aR 1 is selected from -OR a ;
R a选自氢、C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基特别是环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、或5-8元杂环基特别是氧杂环丁烷基、氮杂环丁烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基,其中所述C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基、5-8元杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代。 R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted.
在本发明的另一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer Body, or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R 1选自-P(O)R aR bR 1 is selected from -P(O)R a R b ;
R a选自氢、C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基特别是环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、或5-8元杂环基特别是氧杂环丁烷基、氮杂环丁烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基,其中所述C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基、5-8元杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代; R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted;
R b选自氢或C 1-C 6烷基; R b is selected from hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
或者R a和R b与他们连接的原子一起形成5至8元杂环基,特别是磷杂环戊基;所述杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代。 Or R a and R b together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, especially a phosphoryl group; the heterocyclic group is optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, One or more groups of C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy are substituted.
在本发明另一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer , Or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
R 2选自氢、卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 3-C 7环烷基、5至7元杂环基;优选C 1-C 6烷基;其中所述烷基、烷氧基、环烷基、杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、氧代基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代。 R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic group; preferably C 1 -C 6 alkyl ; Wherein the alkyl group, alkoxy group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group are optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, oxo, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxyl, ester, alkyl, One or more groups of alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are substituted.
在本发明另一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer , Or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein,
L选自-C(R 4R 5)-; L is selected from -C(R 4 R 5 )-;
R 4和R 5各自独立地选自氢、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基。 R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
本发明的典型化合物,包括但不限于:Typical compounds of the present invention include but are not limited to:
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000007
其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式,或其可药用盐。The meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or mixture form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
本发明进一步提供一种制备根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、其前药或其可药用盐的方法,其包括以下步骤:The present invention further provides a method for preparing the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or mixture thereof Form, its prodrug or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt method, which comprises the following steps:
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000008
在缩合剂存在下,将化合物Ig与Ih在碱性条件下进行缩合反应得到通式(I)化合物,其中,碱性条件优选DIPEA,缩合剂优选HATU;In the presence of a condensing agent, the compound Ig and Ih are subjected to a condensation reaction under basic conditions to obtain a compound of general formula (I), wherein the basic condition is preferably DIPEA, and the condensing agent is preferably HATU;
其中,W 1、W 2、W 3、A 1、A 2、A 3、A 4、A 5、R 1、R 2、R 3、L、n如通式(I)所定义。 Wherein, W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , L, and n are as defined in the general formula (I).
本发明另一方面提供一种药物组合物,其含有根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、其前药或其可药用盐,以及药学上可接受的载体。Another aspect of the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition, which contains the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, or diastereomer Isomers, or mixtures thereof, prodrugs or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
本发明进一步提供根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、其前药或其可药用盐,或者含有其的药物组合物,在制备P2X3拮抗剂中的用途。The present invention further provides the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof, and Use of a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition containing the prodrug in the preparation of a P2X3 antagonist.
本发明进一步提供根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、其前药或其可药用盐,或者含有其的药物组合物,在制备预防和/或治疗与P2X3活性相关的疾病的药物中的用途。The present invention further provides the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof, and Use of a prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition containing the prodrug in the preparation of a medicine for preventing and/or treating diseases related to P2X3 activity.
本发明进一步提供根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、其前药或其可药用盐,或者含有其的药物组合物,其用作P2X3拮抗剂的用途。The present invention further provides the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof, and A prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition containing the prodrug, for use as a P2X3 antagonist.
本发明进一步提供根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、其前药或其可药用盐,或者含有其的药物组合物,其用作药物的用途,所述药物用于预防和/或治疗与P2X3活性相关的疾病。The present invention further provides the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to the present invention or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof, and A prodrug or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition containing it, for use as a medicine for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases related to P2X3 activity.
本发明进一步提供一种预防和/或治疗与P2X3活性相关的疾病的方法,其包括向有需要的受试者施用预防或治疗有效量的根据本发明所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、其前药或其可药用盐,或者含有其的药物组合物。The present invention further provides a method for preventing and/or treating diseases associated with P2X3 activity, which comprises administering to a subject in need a preventive or therapeutically effective amount of the compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention The compound or its mesosome, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or mixture thereof, its prodrug or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a pharmaceutical composition containing it.
在本发明的一个优选的实施方案中,根据本发明所述的与P2X3活性相关的疾病可以为:呼吸系统疾病包括慢性阻塞性肺病(COPD),哮喘,支气管痉挛,肺 纤维化,急性咳嗽,慢性咳嗽,包括慢性特发性和慢性难治性咳嗽,泌尿生殖系统,胃肠道,呼吸和疼痛相关疾病,妇科疾病包括痛经(原发性和继发性痛经),性交困难,排尿困难或睾丸炎,子宫内膜异位症和子宫腺肌症,子宫内膜异位症相关疼痛,子宫内膜异位症相关症状,盆腔超敏反应,泌尿道疾病状态与膀胱出口梗阻有关,尿失禁症状,如膀胱容量减少,排尿频率增加,急迫性尿失禁,压力性尿失禁或膀胱过度反应,良性前列腺肥大,前列腺增生,前列腺炎,逼尿肌反射亢进,膀胱过度活动症和与膀胱过度活动症有关的症状,其中所述症状尤其是尿频,夜尿,尿急或急迫性尿失禁,盆腔超敏反应;尿道炎,前列腺炎,前列腺痛,膀胱炎,特别是间质性膀胱炎,特发性膀胱过敏症,癫痫,部分和全身性癫痫发作,胃肠道疾病包括肠易激综合征(IBS),炎性肠病(IBD),胆绞痛和其他胆道疾病,肾绞痛,腹泻占优势的IBS,胃食管反流,胃肠道扩张,克罗恩病,神经退行性疾病,如阿尔茨海默病,多发性硬化症,帕金森病,脑缺血和创伤性脑损伤,心肌梗塞,脂质紊乱,与疼痛相关的疾病或病症选自痛觉过敏,异常性疼痛,功能性肠病,痛风,关节炎(如骨关节炎,类风湿性关节炎和强直性脊柱炎),灼口综合征,烧伤,偏头痛或丛集性头痛,神经损伤,创伤后损伤(包括骨折和运动损伤),神经炎,神经痛,中毒,缺血性损伤,间质性膀胱炎,癌症,三叉神经痛,小纤维神经病变,糖尿病神经病变,慢性关节炎和相关神经病,HIV和HIV治疗引起的神经病,瘙痒症,伤口愈合受损和骨骼疾病如关节退化等。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the diseases related to P2X3 activity according to the present invention may be: respiratory diseases including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), asthma, bronchospasm, pulmonary fibrosis, acute cough, Chronic cough, including chronic idiopathic and chronic refractory cough, genitourinary system, gastrointestinal, respiratory and pain-related diseases, gynecological diseases including dysmenorrhea (primary and secondary dysmenorrhea), dyspareunia, dysuria or Orchitis, endometriosis and adenomyosis, endometriosis-related pain, endometriosis-related symptoms, pelvic hypersensitivity, urinary tract disease state related to bladder outlet obstruction, urinary incontinence Symptoms such as decreased bladder capacity, increased urination frequency, urge incontinence, stress urinary incontinence or overreaction of the bladder, benign prostatic hypertrophy, prostatic hyperplasia, prostatitis, detrusor hyperreflexia, overactive bladder and overactive bladder Symptoms related to disease, especially frequent urination, nocturia, urgency or urge incontinence, pelvic hypersensitivity; urethritis, prostatitis, prostatic pain, cystitis, especially interstitial cystitis. Primary bladder hypersensitivity, epilepsy, partial and generalized seizures, gastrointestinal diseases including irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), biliary colic and other biliary diseases, renal colic, diarrhea Predominant IBS, gastroesophageal reflux, gastrointestinal dilatation, Crohn’s disease, neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, cerebral ischemia and traumatic brain injury, Myocardial infarction, lipid disorders, pain-related diseases or conditions are selected from hyperalgesia, allodynia, functional bowel disease, gout, arthritis (such as osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis and ankylosing spondylitis), Burning mouth syndrome, burns, migraine or cluster headache, nerve injury, post-traumatic injury (including fractures and sports injuries), neuritis, neuralgia, poisoning, ischemic injury, interstitial cystitis, cancer, trigeminal Neuralgia, small fiber neuropathy, diabetic neuropathy, chronic arthritis and related neuropathy, neuropathy caused by HIV and HIV treatment, pruritus, impaired wound healing and bone diseases such as joint degeneration.
按照本发明所属领域的常规方法,本发明通式(I)所示的化合物可以与酸生成药学上可接受的酸式加成盐。所述酸包括无机酸和有机酸,特别优选盐酸、氢溴酸、硫酸、磷酸、甲磺酸、乙磺酸、对甲苯磺酸、苯磺酸、萘二磺酸、乙酸、丙酸、乳酸、三氟乙酸、马来酸、柠檬酸、富马酸、草酸、酒石酸、苯甲酸等。According to conventional methods in the field to which the present invention belongs, the compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention can form a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt with an acid. The acid includes inorganic acid and organic acid, particularly preferably hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, naphthalene disulfonic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, lactic acid , Trifluoroacetic acid, maleic acid, citric acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, benzoic acid, etc.
按照本发明所属领域的常规方法,本发明通式(I)所示的化合物可以与碱生成药学上可接受的碱式加成盐。所述碱包括无机碱和有机碱,可接受的有机碱包括二乙醇胺、乙醇胺、N-甲基葡糖胺、三乙醇胺、氨丁三醇等,可接受的无机碱包括氢氧化铝、氢氧化钙、氢氧化钾、碳酸钠和氢氧化钠等。According to conventional methods in the field to which the present invention belongs, the compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention can form a pharmaceutically acceptable basic addition salt with a base. The base includes inorganic bases and organic bases. Acceptable organic bases include diethanolamine, ethanolamine, N-methylglucamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, etc., and acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum hydroxide, hydroxide Calcium, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and sodium hydroxide, etc.
此外,本发明还包括本发明通式(I)所示的化合物的前药。本发明所述的前药是通式(I)所示的化合物的衍生物,它们自身可能具有较弱的活性甚至没有活性,但是在给药后,在生理条件下(例如通过代谢、溶剂分解或另外的方式)被转化成相应的生物活性形式。In addition, the present invention also includes prodrugs of the compounds represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention. The prodrugs of the present invention are derivatives of the compound represented by the general formula (I). They may have weak or even no activity by themselves, but after administration, under physiological conditions (for example, through metabolism, solvolysis) Or another way) is converted into the corresponding biologically active form.
含活性成分的药物组合物可以是适用于口服的形式,例如片剂、糖锭剂、锭剂、水或油混悬液、可分散粉末或颗粒、乳液、硬或软胶囊,或糖浆剂或酏剂。可按照本领域任何已知制备药用组合物的方法制备口服组合物,此类组合物可含有一种或多种选自以下的成分:甜味剂、矫味剂、着色剂和防腐剂,以提供悦目和可口的药用制剂。片剂含有活性成分和用于混合的适宜制备片剂的无毒的可药用的赋形剂。这些赋形剂可以是惰性赋形剂,如碳酸钙、碳酸钠、乳糖、磷酸钙 或磷酸钠;造粒剂和崩解剂,例如微晶纤维素、交联羧甲基纤维素钠、玉米淀粉或藻酸;粘合剂,例如淀粉、明胶、聚乙烯吡咯烷酮或阿拉伯胶;和润滑剂,例如硬脂酸镁、硬脂酸或滑石粉。这些片剂可以不包衣或可通过掩盖药物的味道或在胃肠道中延迟崩解和吸收,因而在较长时间内提供缓释作用的已知技术将其包衣。例如,可使用水溶性味道掩蔽物质,例如羟丙基甲基纤维素或羟丙基纤维素,或延长时间物质例如乙基纤维素、醋酸丁酸纤维素。The pharmaceutical composition containing the active ingredient may be in a form suitable for oral administration, such as tablets, dragees, lozenges, water or oil suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, or syrups or Elixirs. Oral compositions can be prepared according to any method known in the art for preparing pharmaceutical compositions, and such compositions can contain one or more ingredients selected from the group consisting of sweeteners, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preservatives, To provide pleasing and delicious medicinal preparations. The tablet contains the active ingredient and non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients suitable for the preparation of tablets for mixing. These excipients can be inert excipients, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium phosphate or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, corn Starch or alginic acid; binders, such as starch, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or gum arabic; and lubricants, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, or talc. These tablets may be uncoated or may be coated by known techniques that mask the taste of the drug or delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract, thereby providing a sustained release effect over a longer period of time. For example, water-soluble taste-masking substances such as hydroxypropyl methylcellulose or hydroxypropyl cellulose, or extended time substances such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate butyrate may be used.
也可用其中活性成分与惰性固体稀释剂例如碳酸钙、磷酸钙或高岭土混合的硬明胶胶囊,或其中活性成分与水溶性载体例如聚乙二醇或油溶媒例如花生油、液体石蜡或橄榄油混合的软明胶胶囊提供口服制剂。Hard gelatin capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin can also be used, or in which the active ingredient is mixed with a water-soluble carrier such as polyethylene glycol or an oil solvent such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil. Soft gelatin capsules provide oral preparations.
水混悬液含有活性物质和用于混合的适宜制备水混悬液的赋形剂。此类赋形剂是悬浮剂,例如羧基甲基纤维素钠、甲基纤维素、羟丙基甲基纤维素、藻酸钠、聚乙烯吡咯烷酮和阿拉伯胶;分散剂或湿润剂,可以是天然产生的磷脂例如卵磷脂,或烯化氧与脂肪酸的缩合产物,例如聚氧乙烯硬脂酸酯,或环氧乙烷与长链脂肪醇的缩合产物,例如十七碳亚乙基氧基鲸蜡醇(heptadecaethyleneoxy cetanol),或环氧乙烷与由脂肪酸和己糖醇衍生的部分酯的缩合产物,例如聚环氧乙烷山梨醇单油酸酯,或环氧乙烷与由脂肪酸和己糖醇酐衍生的偏酯的缩合产物,例如聚环氧乙烷脱水山梨醇单油酸酯。水混悬液也可以含有一种或多种防腐剂例如尼泊金乙酯或尼泊金正丙酯、一种或多种着色剂、一种或多种矫味剂和一种或多种甜味剂,例如蔗糖、糖精或阿司帕坦。Aqueous suspensions contain the active substance and excipients suitable for the preparation of aqueous suspensions for mixing. Such excipients are suspending agents, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone and gum arabic; dispersing or wetting agents, which can be natural Produced phospholipids such as lecithin, or condensation products of alkylene oxides and fatty acids, such as polyoxyethylene stearate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide and long-chain fatty alcohols, such as seventeen-carbon ethyleneoxy whale Heptadecaethyleneoxy cetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide and partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitols, such as polyethylene oxide sorbitol monooleate, or ethylene oxide with fatty acids and hexitols Condensation products of anhydride-derived partial esters, such as polyethylene oxide sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspension may also contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl paraben or n-propyl paraben, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents and one or more sweeteners. Flavoring agents such as sucrose, saccharin or aspartame.
油混悬液可通过使活性成分悬浮于植物油如花生油、橄榄油、芝麻油或椰子油,或矿物油例如液体石蜡中配制而成。油混悬液可含有增稠剂,例如蜂蜡、硬石蜡或鲸蜡醇。可加入上述的甜味剂和矫味剂,以提供可口的制剂。可通过加入抗氧化剂例如丁羟茴醚或α-生育酚保存这些组合物。Oil suspensions can be formulated by suspending the active ingredients in vegetable oils such as peanut oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or mineral oils such as liquid paraffin. Oil suspensions may contain thickeners such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. The above-mentioned sweeteners and flavoring agents can be added to provide a palatable preparation. These compositions can be preserved by adding antioxidants such as butylated hydroxyanisole or alpha-tocopherol.
通过加入水,适用于制备水混悬液的可分散粉末和颗粒可以提供活性成分和用于混合的分散剂或湿润剂、悬浮剂或一种或多种防腐剂。适宜的分散剂或湿润剂和悬浮剂如上所述。也可加入其他赋形剂例如甜味剂、矫味剂和着色剂。通过加入抗氧化剂例如抗坏血酸保存这些组合物。By adding water, dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparing aqueous suspensions can provide the active ingredient and a dispersing or wetting agent for mixing, a suspending agent or one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are as described above. Other excipients such as sweeteners, flavoring agents and coloring agents may also be added. These compositions are preserved by adding antioxidants such as ascorbic acid.
本发明的药物组合物也可以是水包油乳剂的形式。油相可以是植物油例如橄榄油或花生油,或矿物油例如液体石蜡或其混合物。适宜的乳化剂可以是天然产生的磷脂,例如大豆卵磷脂,和由脂肪酸和己糖醇酐衍生的酯或偏酯,例如山梨坦单油酸酯,和所述偏酯和环氧乙烷的缩合产物,例如聚环氧乙烷山梨醇单油酸酯。乳剂也可以含有甜味剂、矫味剂、防腐剂和抗氧剂。可用甜味剂例如甘油、丙二醇、山梨醇或蔗糖配制的糖浆和酏剂。此类制剂也可含有缓和剂、防腐剂、着色剂和抗氧剂。The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may also be in the form of an oil-in-water emulsion. The oil phase can be a vegetable oil such as olive oil or peanut oil, or a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin or a mixture thereof. Suitable emulsifiers can be naturally occurring phospholipids, such as soybean lecithin, and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, such as sorbitan monooleate, and condensation of the partial esters and ethylene oxide Products such as polyethylene oxide sorbitol monooleate. The emulsion may also contain sweetening agents, flavoring agents, preservatives and antioxidants. Syrups and elixirs formulated with sweetening agents such as glycerin, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such preparations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, a coloring agent and an antioxidant.
本发明的药物组合物可以是无菌注射水溶液形式。可以使用的可接受的溶媒和溶剂有水、林格氏液和等渗氯化钠溶液。无菌注射制剂可以是其中活性成分溶 于油相的无菌注射水包油微乳。例如将活性成分溶于大豆油和卵磷脂的混合物中。然后将油溶液加入水和甘油的混合物中处理形成微乳。可通过局部大量注射,将注射液或微乳注入患者的血流中。或者,最好按可保持本发明化合物恒定循环浓度的方式给予溶液和微乳。为保持这种恒定浓度,可使用连续静脉内递药装置。The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous solution. Acceptable solvents and solvents that can be used are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. The sterile injectable preparation may be a sterile injectable oil-in-water microemulsion in which the active ingredient is dissolved in the oil phase. For example, the active ingredient is dissolved in a mixture of soybean oil and lecithin. Then the oil solution is added to the mixture of water and glycerin to form a microemulsion. The injection or microemulsion can be injected into the patient's bloodstream by local large-scale injection. Alternatively, it is best to administer the solution and microemulsion in a manner that maintains a constant circulating concentration of the compound of the present invention. To maintain this constant concentration, a continuous intravenous delivery device can be used.
本发明的药物组合物可以是用于肌内和皮下给药的无菌注射水或油混悬液的形式。可按已知技术,用上述那些适宜的分散剂或湿润剂和悬浮剂配制该混悬液。无菌注射制剂也可以是在无毒肠胃外可接受的稀释剂或溶剂中制备的无菌注射溶液或混悬液,例如在1,3-丁二醇中制备的溶液。此外,可方便地用无菌固定油作为溶剂或悬浮介质。为此目的,可使用包括合成甘油单或二酯在内的任何调和固定油。此外,脂肪酸例如油酸也可以制备注射剂。The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may be in the form of a sterile injection water or oil suspension for intramuscular and subcutaneous administration. The suspension can be formulated according to known techniques using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents mentioned above. The sterile injection preparation may also be a sterile injection solution or suspension prepared in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, a solution prepared in 1,3-butanediol. In addition, sterile fixed oil can be conveniently used as a solvent or suspension medium. For this purpose, any blended fixed oil including synthetic mono- or diglycerides can be used. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid can also be used to prepare injections.
可按用于直肠给药的栓剂形式给予本发明化合物。可通过将药物与在普通温度下为固体但在直肠中为液体,因而在直肠中会溶化而释放药物的适宜的无刺激性赋形剂混合来制备这些药物组合物。此类物质包括可可脂、甘油明胶、氢化植物油、各种分子量的聚乙二醇和聚乙二醇的脂肪酸酯的混合物。The compounds of the present invention can be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid in the rectum and thus will melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such substances include cocoa butter, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights, and mixtures of fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol.
本领域技术人员熟知,药物的给药剂量依赖于多种因素,包括但并非限定于以下因素:所用特定化合物的活性、病人的年龄、病人的体重、病人的健康状况、病人的行被、病人的饮食、给药时间、给药方式、排泄的速率、药物的组合等。另外,最佳的治疗方式如治疗的模式、通式化合物的日用量或可药用的盐的种类可以根据传统的治疗方案来验证。Those skilled in the art know that the dosage of drugs depends on many factors, including but not limited to the following factors: the activity of the specific compound used, the patient’s age, the patient’s weight, the patient’s health, the patient’s clothing, and the patient’s The diet, time of administration, mode of administration, rate of excretion, combination of drugs, etc. In addition, the best treatment method, such as the treatment mode, the daily dosage of the compound of the general formula, or the type of pharmaceutically acceptable salt can be verified according to the traditional treatment plan.
本发明可以含有通式(I)所示的化合物,及其药学上可接受的盐、水合物或溶剂化物作为活性成分,与药学上可接受的载体或赋型剂混合制备成组合物,并制备成临床上可接受的剂型。本发明的衍生物可以与其他活性成分组合使用,只要它们不产生其他不利的作用,例如过敏反应等。本发明化合物可作为唯一的活性成分,也可以与其它治疗与P2X3活性相关的疾病的药物联合使用。联合治疗通过将各个治疗组分同时、分开或相继给药来实现。The present invention may contain a compound represented by general formula (I), and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof as an active ingredient, mixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient to prepare a composition, and Prepared into a clinically acceptable dosage form. The derivatives of the present invention can be used in combination with other active ingredients as long as they do not produce other adverse effects, such as allergic reactions and the like. The compound of the present invention can be used as the sole active ingredient, and can also be used in combination with other drugs for the treatment of diseases related to P2X3 activity. Combination therapy is achieved by administering the individual therapeutic components simultaneously, separately or sequentially.
发明的详细说明Detailed description of the invention
除非有相反陈述,在说明书和权利要求书中使用的术语具有下述含义。Unless stated to the contrary, the terms used in the specification and claims have the following meanings.
术语“烷基”指饱和脂肪族烃基团,其为包含1至20个碳原子的直链或支链基团,优选含有1至12个碳原子的烷基,更优选含有1至6个碳原子的烷基。非限制性实例包括甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、正丁基、异丁基、叔丁基、仲丁基、正戊基、1,1-二甲基丙基、1,2-二甲基丙基、2,2-二甲基丙基、1-乙基丙基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、正己基、1-乙基-2-甲基丙基、1,1,2-三甲基丙基、1,1-二甲基丁基、1,2-二甲基丁基、2,2-二甲基丁基、1,3-二甲基丁基、2-乙基丁基、2-甲基戊基、3-甲基戊基、4-甲基戊基、2,3-二甲基丁基、正庚基、2-甲基己基、3-甲基己基、4-甲基己基、5-甲基己基、2,3-二甲基戊基、2,4-二甲基戊基、2,2-二甲基戊基、3,3-二甲基戊基、2-乙基戊基、3-乙基戊基、正辛基、2,3-二甲基己基、2,4-二甲基 己基、2,5-二甲基己基、2,2-二甲基己基、3,3-二甲基己基、4,4-二甲基己基、2-乙基己基、3-乙基己基、4-乙基己基、2-甲基-2-乙基戊基、2-甲基-3-乙基戊基、正壬基、2-甲基-2-乙基己基、2-甲基-3-乙基己基、2,2-二乙基戊基、正癸基、3,3-二乙基己基、2,2-二乙基己基,及其各种支链异构体等。更优选的是含有1至6个碳原子的低级烷基,非限制性实施例包括甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、正丁基、异丁基、叔丁基、仲丁基、正戊基、1,1-二甲基丙基、1,2-二甲基丙基、2,2-二甲基丙基、1-乙基丙基、2-甲基丁基、3-甲基丁基、正己基、1-乙基-2-甲基丙基、1,1,2-三甲基丙基、1,1-二甲基丁基、1,2-二甲基丁基、2,2-二甲基丁基、1,3-二甲基丁基、2-乙基丁基、2-甲基戊基、3-甲基戊基、4-甲基戊基、2,3-二甲基丁基等。烷基可以是取代的或非取代的,当被取代时,取代基可以在任何可使用的连接点上被取代,所述取代基优选为一个或多个以下基团,其独立地选自烷基、烯基、炔基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷基氨基、卤素、巯基、羟基、硝基、氰基、环烷基、杂环烷基、芳基、杂芳基、环烷氧基、杂环烷氧基、环烷硫基、杂环烷硫基、氧代基、羧基或羧酸酯基。The term "alkyl" refers to a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group, which is a straight or branched chain group containing 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group containing 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably containing 1 to 6 carbons Atom of the alkyl group. Non-limiting examples include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1 ,2-Dimethylpropyl, 2,2-Dimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethyl-2- Methylpropyl, 1,1,2-trimethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,3 -Dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, n-heptyl, 2 -Methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 4-methylhexyl, 5-methylhexyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, 2,4-dimethylpentyl, 2,2-dimethyl Pentyl, 3,3-dimethylpentyl, 2-ethylpentyl, 3-ethylpentyl, n-octyl, 2,3-dimethylhexyl, 2,4-dimethylhexyl, 2 ,5-Dimethylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylhexyl, 3,3-dimethylhexyl, 4,4-dimethylhexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 3-ethylhexyl, 4-ethyl 2-methylhexyl, 2-methyl-2-ethylpentyl, 2-methyl-3-ethylpentyl, n-nonyl, 2-methyl-2-ethylhexyl, 2-methyl-3-ethyl Base hexyl, 2,2-diethylpentyl, n-decyl, 3,3-diethylhexyl, 2,2-diethylhexyl, and various branched isomers. More preferred are lower alkyl groups containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and sec-butyl. Group, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, n-hexyl, 1-ethyl-2-methylpropyl, 1,1,2-trimethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethyl Butyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,3-dimethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl Group, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, etc. Alkyl groups may be substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, substituents may be substituted at any available attachment point. The substituents are preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkanes Group, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkane An oxy group, a heterocycloalkoxy group, a cycloalkylthio group, a heterocycloalkylthio group, an oxo group, a carboxyl group or a carboxylate group.
术语“烯基”指由至少由两个碳原子和至少一个碳-碳双键组成的如上定义的烷基,例如乙烯基、1-丙烯基、2-丙烯基、1-、2-或3-丁烯基等。烯基可以是取代的或非取代的,当被取代时,取代基优选为一个或多个以下基团,其独立地选自烷基、烯基、炔基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷基氨基、卤素、巯基、羟基、硝基、氰基、环烷基、杂环烷基、芳基、杂芳基、环烷氧基、杂环烷氧基、环烷硫基、杂环烷硫基。The term "alkenyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined above composed of at least two carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-, 2-, or 3 -Butenyl etc. Alkenyl groups may be substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, the substituents are preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, Alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio, heterocycle Alkylthio.
术语“炔基”指由至少由两个碳原子和至少一个碳-碳三键组成的如上定义的烷基,例如乙炔基、丙炔基、丁炔基等。炔基可以是取代的或非取代的,当被取代时,取代基优选为一个或多个以下基团,其独立地选自烷基、烯基、炔基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷基氨基、卤素、巯基、羟基、硝基、氰基、环烷基、杂环烷基、芳基、杂芳基、环烷氧基、杂环烷氧基、环烷硫基、杂环烷硫基。The term "alkynyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined above composed of at least two carbon atoms and at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, such as ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, and the like. The alkynyl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, the substituent is preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, Alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio, heterocycle Alkylthio.
术语“环烷基”指饱和或部分不饱和单环或多环环状烃取代基,环烷基环包含3至20个碳原子,优选包含3至12个碳原子,更优选包含3至6个碳原子。单环环烷基的非限制性实例包括环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环戊烯基、环己基、环己烯基、环己二烯基、环庚基、环庚三烯基、环辛基等;多环环烷基包括螺环、稠环和桥环的环烷基。The term "cycloalkyl" refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon substituent. The cycloalkyl ring contains 3 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6 Carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples of monocyclic cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptatriene Groups, cyclooctyl, etc.; polycyclic cycloalkyls include spiro, fused, and bridged cycloalkyls.
术语“螺环烷基”指5至20元的单环之间共用一个碳原子(称螺原子)的多环基团,其可以含有一个或多个双键,但没有一个环具有完全共轭的π电子系统。优选为6至14元,更优选为7至10元。根据环与环之间共用螺原子的数目将螺环烷基分为单螺环烷基、双螺环烷基或多螺环烷基,优选为单螺环烷基和双螺环烷基。更优选为4元/4元、4元/5元、4元/6元、5元/5元或5元/6元单螺环烷基。螺环烷基的非限制性实例包括:The term "spirocycloalkyl" refers to a polycyclic group that shares one carbon atom (called a spiro atom) between 5- to 20-membered monocyclic rings, which may contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings have complete conjugate Π electron system. It is preferably 6 to 14 yuan, more preferably 7 to 10 yuan. According to the number of spiro atoms shared between the ring and the ring, the spirocycloalkyl group is classified into a single spirocycloalkyl group, a bispirocycloalkyl group or a polyspirocycloalkyl group, preferably a single spirocycloalkyl group and a bispirocycloalkyl group. More preferably, it is a 4-membered/4-membered, 4-membered/5-membered, 4-membered/6-membered, 5-membered/5-membered, or 5-membered/6-membered monospirocycloalkyl. Non-limiting examples of spirocycloalkyl groups include:
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000009
术语“稠环烷基”指5至20元,系统中的每个环与体系中的其他环共享毗邻的一对碳原子的全碳多环基团,其中一个或多个环可以含有一个或多个双键,但没有一个环具有完全共轭的π电子系统。优选为6至14元,更优选为7至10元。根据组成环的数目可以分为双环、三环、四环或多环稠环烷基,优选为双环或三环,更优选为5元/5元或5元/6元双环烷基。稠环烷基的非限制性实例包括:The term "fused cycloalkyl" refers to a 5- to 20-membered all-carbon polycyclic group in which each ring in the system shares an adjacent pair of carbon atoms with other rings in the system, wherein one or more of the rings may contain one or Multiple double bonds, but none of the rings have a fully conjugated π-electron system. It is preferably 6 to 14 yuan, more preferably 7 to 10 yuan. According to the number of constituent rings, it can be classified into bicyclic, tricyclic, tetracyclic or polycyclic condensed cycloalkyls, preferably bicyclic or tricyclic, and more preferably 5-membered/5-membered or 5-membered/6-membered bicyclic alkyl. Non-limiting examples of fused cycloalkyl groups include:
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000010
术语“桥环烷基”指5至20元,任意两个环共用两个不直接连接的碳原子的全碳多环基团,其可以含有一个或多个双键,但没有一个环具有完全共轭的π电子系统。优选为6至14元,更优选为7至10元。根据组成环的数目可以分为双环、三环、四环或多环桥环烷基,优选为双环、三环或四环,更有选为双环或三环。桥环烷基的非限制性实例包括:The term "bridged cycloalkyl" refers to a 5- to 20-membered, all-carbon polycyclic group with any two rings sharing two carbon atoms that are not directly connected. It may contain one or more double bonds, but no ring has a complete Conjugated π electron system. It is preferably 6 to 14 yuan, more preferably 7 to 10 yuan. According to the number of constituent rings, it can be classified into bicyclic, tricyclic, tetracyclic or polycyclic bridged cycloalkyls, preferably bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic, and more preferably bicyclic or tricyclic. Non-limiting examples of bridged cycloalkyl groups include:
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000011
所述环烷基环可以稠合于芳基、杂芳基或杂环烷基环上,其中与母体结构连接在一起的环为环烷基,非限制性实例包括茚满基、四氢萘基、苯并环庚烷基等。环烷基可以是任选取代的或非取代的,当被取代时,取代基优选为一个或多个以下基团,其独立地选自烷基、烯基、炔基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷基氨基、卤素、巯基、羟基、硝基、氰基、环烷基、杂环烷基、芳基、杂芳基、环烷氧基、杂环烷氧基、环烷硫基、杂环烷硫基、氧代基、羧基或羧酸酯基。The cycloalkyl ring may be fused to an aryl, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring connected to the parent structure is a cycloalkyl group, non-limiting examples include indanyl, tetrahydronaphthalene Group, benzocycloheptanyl group, etc. Cycloalkyl groups may be optionally substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, the substituents are preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkane Thio, alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio , Heterocycloalkylthio, oxo, carboxy or carboxylate.
术语“杂环基”指饱和或部分不饱和单环或多环环状烃取代基,其包含3至20个环原子,其中一个或多个环原子为选自氮、氧或S(O) m(其中m是整数0至2)的杂原子,但不包括-O-O-、-O-S-或-S-S-的环部分,其余环原子为碳。优选包含3至12个环原子,其中1~4个是杂原子;最优选包含3至8个环原子,其中1~3个是杂原子;最优选包含5至7个环原子,其中1~2或1~3个是杂原子。单环杂环基的非限制性实例包括吡咯烷基、咪唑烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢噻吩基、二氢咪唑基、二氢呋喃基、二氢吡唑基、二氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基、硫代吗啉基、高哌嗪基、吡喃基等,优选1、2、5-噁二唑基、吡喃基或吗啉基。多环杂环基包括螺环、稠环和桥环的杂环基。 The term "heterocyclyl" refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or polycyclic cyclic hydrocarbon substituent containing 3 to 20 ring atoms, one or more of which is selected from nitrogen, oxygen or S(O) m (where m is an integer of 0 to 2) heteroatoms, but does not include the ring part of -OO-, -OS- or -SS-, and the remaining ring atoms are carbon. It preferably contains 3 to 12 ring atoms, of which 1 to 4 are heteroatoms; most preferably contains 3 to 8 ring atoms, of which 1 to 3 are heteroatoms; most preferably contains 5 to 7 ring atoms, of which 1 to 2 or 1 to 3 are heteroatoms. Non-limiting examples of monocyclic heterocyclic groups include pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, piperidine Group, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, homopiperazinyl, pyranyl, etc., preferably 1, 2, 5-oxadiazolyl, pyranyl or morpholinyl. Polycyclic heterocyclic groups include spiro, fused, and bridged heterocyclic groups.
术语“螺杂环基”指5至20元的单环之间共用一个原子(称螺原子)的多环 杂环基团,其中一个或多个环原子为选自氮、氧或S(O) m(其中m是整数0至2)的杂原子,其余环原子为碳。其可以含有一个或多个双键,但没有一个环具有完全共轭的π电子系统。优选为6至14元,更优选为7至10元。根据环与环之间共用螺原子的数目将螺杂环基分为单螺杂环基、双螺杂环基或多螺杂环基,优选为单螺杂环基和双螺杂环基。更优选为4元/4元、4元/5元、4元/6元、5元/5元或5元/6元单螺杂环基。螺杂环基的非限制性实例包括: The term "spiroheterocyclic group" refers to a polycyclic heterocyclic group that shares one atom (called a spiro atom) between 5- to 20-membered monocyclic rings, in which one or more ring atoms are selected from nitrogen, oxygen or S(O ) Heteroatoms of m (where m is an integer of 0 to 2), and the remaining ring atoms are carbon. It can contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings have a fully conjugated π-electron system. It is preferably 6 to 14 yuan, more preferably 7 to 10 yuan. According to the number of spiro atoms shared between the ring and the ring, the spiro heterocyclic group is classified into a single spiro heterocyclic group, a dispiro heterocyclic group or a polyspiro heterocyclic group, preferably a single spiro heterocyclic group and a dispiro heterocyclic group. More preferably, it is a 4-membered/4-membered, 4-membered/5-membered, 4-membered/6-membered, 5-membered/5-membered, or 5-membered/6-membered monospiro heterocyclic group. Non-limiting examples of spiroheterocyclic groups include:
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000012
术语“稠杂环基”指5至20元,系统中的每个环与体系中的其他环共享毗邻的一对原子的多环杂环基团,一个或多个环可以含有一个或多个双键,但没有一个环具有完全共轭的π电子系统,其中一个或多个环原子为选自氮、氧或S(O) m(其中m是整数0至2)的杂原子,其余环原子为碳。优选为6至14元,更优选为7至10元。根据组成环的数目可以分为双环、三环、四环或多环稠杂环基,优选为双环或三环,更优选为5元/5元或5元/6元双环稠杂环基。稠杂环基的非限制性实例包括: The term "fused heterocyclic group" refers to a 5- to 20-membered polycyclic heterocyclic group in which each ring in the system shares an adjacent pair of atoms with other rings in the system. One or more rings may contain one or more Double bond, but none of the rings have a fully conjugated π-electron system, where one or more of the ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or S(O) m (where m is an integer from 0 to 2), and the rest of the ring The atom is carbon. It is preferably 6 to 14 yuan, more preferably 7 to 10 yuan. According to the number of constituent rings, it can be classified into bicyclic, tricyclic, tetracyclic or polycyclic condensed heterocyclic groups, preferably bicyclic or tricyclic, more preferably 5-membered/5-membered or 5-membered/6-membered bicyclic condensed heterocyclic group. Non-limiting examples of fused heterocyclic groups include:
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000013
术语“桥杂环基”指5至14元,任意两个环共用两个不直接连接的原子的多环杂环基团,其可以含有一个或多个双键,但没有一个环具有完全共轭的π电子系统,其中一个或多个环原子为选自氮、氧或S(O) m(其中m是整数0至2)的杂原子,其余环原子为碳。优选为6至14元,更优选为7至10元。根据组成环的数目可以分为双环、三环、四环或多环桥杂环基,优选为双环、三环或四环,更有选为双环或三环。桥杂环基的非限制性实例包括: The term "bridged heterocyclic group" refers to a 5- to 14-membered polycyclic heterocyclic group with any two rings sharing two atoms that are not directly connected. It may contain one or more double bonds, but none of the rings has a complete common A conjugated π-electron system in which one or more ring atoms are heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or S(O) m (where m is an integer of 0 to 2), and the remaining ring atoms are carbon. It is preferably 6 to 14 yuan, more preferably 7 to 10 yuan. According to the number of constituent rings, it can be divided into bicyclic, tricyclic, tetracyclic or polycyclic bridged heterocyclic groups, preferably bicyclic, tricyclic or tetracyclic, and more preferably bicyclic or tricyclic. Non-limiting examples of bridged heterocyclic groups include:
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000014
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000014
所述杂环基环可以稠合于芳基、杂芳基或环烷基环上,其中与母体结构连接在一起的环为杂环基,其非限制性实例包括:The heterocyclic ring may be fused to an aryl, heteroaryl or cycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring connected to the parent structure is a heterocyclic group, non-limiting examples of which include:
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000015
等。
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000015
Wait.
杂环基可以是任选取代的或非取代的,当被取代时,取代基优选为一个或多个以下基团,其独立地选自烷基、烯基、炔基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷基氨基、卤素、巯基、羟基、硝基、氰基、环烷基、杂环烷基、芳基、杂芳基、环烷氧基、杂环烷氧基、环烷硫基、杂环烷硫基、氧代基、羧基或羧酸酯基。The heterocyclic group may be optionally substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, the substituent is preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkane Thio, alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio , Heterocycloalkylthio, oxo, carboxy or carboxylate.
术语“芳基”指具有共轭的π电子体系的6至14元全碳单环或稠合多环(也就是共享毗邻碳原子对的环)基团,优选为6至10元,例如苯基和萘基。更优选苯基。所述芳基环可以稠合于杂芳基、杂环基或环烷基环上,其中与母体结构连接在一起的环为芳基环,其非限制性实例包括:The term "aryl" refers to a 6 to 14-membered all-carbon monocyclic or fused polycyclic (that is, rings sharing adjacent pairs of carbon atoms) with a conjugated π-electron system, preferably 6 to 10 members, such as benzene Base and naphthyl. Phenyl is more preferred. The aryl ring may be fused on a heteroaryl, heterocyclic or cycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring connected to the parent structure is an aryl ring, non-limiting examples of which include:
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000016
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000016
芳基可以是取代的或非取代的,当被取代时,取代基优选为一个或多个以下基团,其独立地选自烷基、烯基、炔基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷基氨基、卤素、巯基、羟基、硝基、氰基、环烷基、杂环烷基、芳基、杂芳基、环烷氧基、杂环烷氧基、环烷硫基、杂环烷硫基、羧基或羧酸酯基。The aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, the substituent is preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, Alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio, heterocycle Alkylthio, carboxy, or carboxylate.
术语“杂芳基”指包含1至4个杂原子、5至14个环原子的杂芳族体系,其中杂原子选自氧、硫和氮。杂芳基优选为5至10元,含1至3个杂原子;更优选为5元或6元,含1至2个杂原子;优选例如咪唑基、呋喃基、噻吩基、噻唑基、吡唑基、噁唑基、吡咯基、四唑基、吡啶基、嘧啶基、噻二唑、吡嗪基等,优选为咪唑基、噻唑基、吡唑基或嘧啶基、噻唑基;更有选吡唑基或噻唑基。所述杂芳基环可以稠合于芳基、杂环基或环烷基环上,其中与母体结构连接在一起的环为杂芳基环,其非限制性实例包括:The term "heteroaryl" refers to a heteroaromatic system containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms and 5 to 14 ring atoms, where the heteroatoms are selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen. Heteroaryl groups are preferably 5- to 10-membered, containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms; more preferably 5-membered or 6-membered, containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms; preferably, for example, imidazolyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridine Azolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, thiadiazole, pyrazinyl, etc., preferably imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl or pyrimidinyl, thiazolyl; more preferably Pyrazolyl or thiazolyl. The heteroaryl ring may be fused to an aryl, heterocyclic or cycloalkyl ring, wherein the ring connected to the parent structure is a heteroaryl ring, non-limiting examples of which include:
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000017
杂芳基可以是任选取代的或非取代的,当被取代时,取代基优选为一个或多个以下基团,其独立地选自烷基、烯基、炔基、烷氧基、烷硫基、烷基氨基、卤素、巯基、羟基、硝基、氰基、环烷基、杂环烷基、芳基、杂芳基、环烷氧基、杂环烷氧基、环烷硫基、杂环烷硫基、羧基或羧酸酯基。Heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, the substituents are preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkane Thio, alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio , Heterocycloalkylthio, carboxyl or carboxylate.
术语“烷氧基”指-O-(烷基)和-O-(非取代的环烷基),其中烷基的定义如上所述。烷氧基的非限制性实例包括:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、环丙氧基、环丁氧基、环戊氧基、环己氧基。烷氧基可以是任选取代的或非取代的,当被取代时,取代基优选为一个或多个以下基团,其独立地选自烷基、烯基、炔基、烷 氧基、烷硫基、烷基氨基、卤素、巯基、羟基、硝基、氰基、环烷基、杂环烷基、芳基、杂芳基、环烷氧基、杂环烷氧基、环烷硫基、杂环烷硫基、羧基或羧酸酯基。The term "alkoxy" refers to -O- (alkyl) and -O- (unsubstituted cycloalkyl), where the definition of alkyl is as described above. Non-limiting examples of alkoxy groups include: methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy. The alkoxy group may be optionally substituted or unsubstituted. When substituted, the substituent is preferably one or more of the following groups, which are independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, alkane Thio, alkylamino, halogen, mercapto, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkoxy, heterocycloalkoxy, cycloalkylthio , Heterocycloalkylthio, carboxyl or carboxylate.
术语“卤代烷基”指被一个或多个卤素取代的烷基,其中烷基如上所定义。The term "haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more halogens, where the alkyl group is as defined above.
术语“卤代烷氧基”指被一个或多个卤素取代的烷氧基,其中烷氧基如上所定义。The term "haloalkoxy" refers to an alkoxy group substituted with one or more halogens, where alkoxy is as defined above.
术语“羟烷基”指被羟基取代的烷基,其中烷基如上所定义。The term "hydroxyalkyl" refers to an alkyl group substituted with a hydroxy group, where the alkyl group is as defined above.
术语“羟基”指-OH基团。The term "hydroxy" refers to the -OH group.
术语“卤素”指氟、氯、溴或碘。The term "halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
术语“氨基”指-NH 2The term "amino" refers to -NH 2 .
术语“氰基”指-CN。The term "cyano" refers to -CN.
术语“硝基”指-NO 2The term "nitro" refers to -NO 2 .
术语“氧代基”指=O。The term "oxo" refers to =O.
术语“羧基”指-C(O)OH。The term "carboxy" refers to -C(O)OH.
术语“巯基”指-SH。The term "mercapto" refers to -SH.
术语“酯基”指-C(O)O(烷基)或-C(O)O(环烷基),其中烷基和环烷基如上所定义。The term "ester group" refers to -C(O)O (alkyl) or -C(O)O (cycloalkyl), where alkyl and cycloalkyl are as defined above.
术语“酰基”指含有-C(O)R基团的化合物,其中R为烷基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基。The term "acyl" refers to a compound containing a -C(O)R group, where R is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a heterocyclic group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
术语“磺酸基”指-S(O) 2OH。 The term "sulfonic acid" refers to -S(O) 2 OH.
术语“磺酸酯基”指-S(O) 2O(烷基)或-S(O) 2O(环烷基),其中烷基和环烷基如上所定义。 The term "sulfonate group" refers to -S(O) 2 O (alkyl) or -S(O) 2 O (cycloalkyl), where alkyl and cycloalkyl are as defined above.
术语“磺酰基”指-S(O) 2R基团的化合物,其中R为烷基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基。 The term "sulfonyl" refers to a compound of the -S(O) 2 R group, where R is alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
术语“氨基酰基”指-C(O)-NRR’,其中R、R’各自独立地为氢、烷基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基。The term "aminoacyl" refers to -C(O)-NRR', wherein R and R'are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl.
术语“氨基磺酰基”或“磺酰氨基”指-S(O) 2-NRR’,其中R、R’各自独立地为氢、烷基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基。 The term "aminosulfonyl" or "sulfonylamino" refers to -S(O) 2 -NRR', wherein R and R'are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl base.
“任选”或“任选地”意味着随后所描述的事件或环境可以但不必发生,该说明包括该事件或环境发生或不发生的场合。例如,“任选被烷基取代的杂环基团”意味着烷基可以但不必须存在,该说明包括杂环基团被烷基取代的情形和杂环基团不被烷基取代的情形。"Optional" or "optionally" means that the event or environment described later can but does not have to occur, and the description includes occasions where the event or environment occurs or does not occur. For example, "heterocyclic group optionally substituted by an alkyl group" means that an alkyl group may but does not have to be present. The description includes the case where the heterocyclic group is substituted by an alkyl group and the case where the heterocyclic group is not substituted by an alkyl group. .
“取代的”指基团中的一个或多个氢原子,优选为最多5个,更优选为1~3个氢原子彼此独立地被相应数目的取代基取代。不言而喻,取代基仅处在它们的可能的化学位置,本领域技术人员能够在不付出过多努力的情况下确定(通过实验或理论)可能或不可能的取代。例如,具有游离氢的氨基或羟基与具有不饱和 (如烯属)键的碳原子结合时可能是不稳定的。"Substituted" refers to one or more hydrogen atoms in the group, preferably up to 5, more preferably 1 to 3 hydrogen atoms independently of each other substituted by a corresponding number of substituents. It goes without saying that the substituents are only in their possible chemical positions, and those skilled in the art can determine (by experiment or theory) possible or impossible substitutions without too much effort. For example, an amino group or a hydroxyl group with free hydrogen may be unstable when combined with a carbon atom with an unsaturated (e.g., olefinic) bond.
“药物组合物”表示含有一种或多种本文所述化合物或其生理学上/可药用的盐或前体药物与其他化学组分的混合物,以及其他组分例如生理学/可药用的载体和赋形剂。药物组合物的目的是促进对生物体的给药,利于活性成分的吸收进而发挥生物活性。"Pharmaceutical composition" means a mixture containing one or more of the compounds described herein or their physiologically/pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs and other chemical components, as well as other components such as physiological/pharmaceutically acceptable carriers And excipients. The purpose of the pharmaceutical composition is to promote the administration to the organism, facilitate the absorption of the active ingredients and then exert the biological activity.
“可药用盐”是指本发明化合物的盐,这类盐用于哺乳动物体内时具有安全性和有效性,且具有应有的生物活性。"Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to the salt of the compound of the present invention, which is safe and effective when used in mammals, and has due biological activity.
本发明化合物的合成方法Synthetic method of the compound of the present invention
为了完成本发明的目的,本发明采用如下技术方案。In order to accomplish the purpose of the present invention, the present invention adopts the following technical solutions.
本发明通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐可通过以下方案制备,具体制备方法如下。The compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention or its mesosome, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or mixture form thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be obtained by Scheme preparation, the specific preparation method is as follows.
(1)方案1:当R 1为-NR aR b时,按照方案1的方法,由化合物Ia作为起始原料,得到通式(I)化合物。 (1) Scheme 1: When R 1 is -NR a R b , according to the method of Scheme 1, using compound Ia as the starting material, the compound of general formula (I) is obtained.
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000018
方案1plan 1
方案1的合成:Synthesis of Scheme 1:
步骤1:将化合物Ia在酸性条件和还原剂存在下与R a(O)反应得到化合物Ib,其中,酸性试剂优选乙酸,还原剂优选氰基硼氢化钠; Step 1: Reacting compound Ia with Ra (O) under acidic conditions and the presence of a reducing agent to obtain compound Ib, wherein the acidic reagent is preferably acetic acid, and the reducing agent is preferably sodium cyanoborohydride;
步骤2:在碱性条件下,将化合物Ib与R bI反应得到化合物Ic,其中,碱性试剂优选NaH; Step 2: Under alkaline conditions, reacting compound Ib with R b I to obtain compound Ic, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably NaH;
步骤3:在高温、碱性和催化剂存在下,将化合物Ic与双联硼酸频哪醇酯反应得到化合物Id,其中,高温条件优选100℃,碱性试剂优选乙酸钾,催化剂优选Pd(dppf)Cl 2催化剂; Step 3: In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound Ic is reacted with pinacol diboronic acid to obtain compound Id, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 100°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium acetate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(dppf) Cl 2 catalyst;
步骤4:在高温、碱性和催化剂存在下,将化合物Id与化合物Ie反应得到化合物If,其中,高温条件优选90℃,碱性试剂优选碳酸钾,催化剂优选Pd(dppf)Cl 2催化剂; Step 4: In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound Id is reacted with compound Ie to obtain compound If, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 90°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium carbonate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(dppf)Cl 2 catalyst;
步骤5:在碱性条件下,将化合物If水解得到化合物Ig,其中,碱性试剂优 选氢氧化锂;Step 5: Under alkaline conditions, hydrolyze compound If to obtain compound Ig, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably lithium hydroxide;
步骤6:在缩合剂存在下,将化合物Ig与Ih在碱性条件下进行缩合反应,得到通式(I)化合物,其中,碱性条件优选DIPEA,缩合剂优选HATU。Step 6: In the presence of a condensing agent, the compound Ig and Ih are subjected to a condensation reaction under basic conditions to obtain a compound of general formula (I), wherein the basic condition is preferably DIPEA, and the condensing agent is preferably HATU.
(2)方案2:当R 1为-SO 2R a时,按照方案2的方法,由化合物Ii作为起始原料,得到通式(I)化合物。 (2) Scheme 2: When R 1 is -SO 2 R a, according to the method of Scheme 2, the compound Ii as starting materials, to give compounds of general formula (I).
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000019
方案2Scenario 2
方案2的合成:Synthesis of Scheme 2:
步骤1:将化合物Ii在高温、碱性和催化剂存在下与(4-甲氧基苯基)甲硫醇反应得到化合物Ij,其中,高温条件优选100℃,碱性试剂优选DIPEA,催化剂优选Pd 2(dba) 3和Xantphos; Step 1: The compound Ii is reacted with (4-methoxyphenyl)methanethiol in the presence of high temperature, basicity and a catalyst to obtain compound Ij, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 100°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably DIPEA, and the catalyst is preferably Pd 2 (dba) 3 and Xantphos;
步骤2:在高温、碱性和催化剂存在下,将化合物Ij与双联硼酸频哪醇酯反应得到化合物Ik,其中,高温条件优选100℃,碱性试剂优选乙酸钾,催化剂优选Pd(dppf)Cl 2Step 2: In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound Ij is reacted with pinacol diboronic acid ester to obtain compound Ik, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 100°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium acetate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(dppf) Cl 2 ;
步骤3:在高温、碱性和催化剂存在下,将化合物Ik与化合物Ie反应得到化合物Il,其中,高温条件优选90℃,碱性试剂优选碳酸钾,催化剂优选Pd(dppf)Cl 2Step 3: In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound Ik is reacted with compound Ie to obtain compound Il, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 90°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium carbonate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(dppf)Cl 2 ;
步骤4:在低温和氧化剂存在下,将化合物Il反应得到化合物Im,其中,低温条件优选-15℃,氧化剂优选1,3-二氯-5,5-二甲基海因(DCDMH);Step 4: In the presence of a low temperature and an oxidizing agent, the compound 11 is reacted to obtain the compound Im, wherein the low temperature condition is preferably -15°C, and the oxidizing agent is preferably 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin (DCDMH);
步骤5:在碱性条件下,将化合物Im与HR a反应得到化合物In,其中,碱性试剂优选碳酸钠; Step 5: under basic conditions, with Im HR a compound obtained by reacting a compound of In, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably sodium carbonate;
步骤6:在碱性条件下,将化合物In水解得到化合物Io,其中,碱性试剂优选氢氧化锂;Step 6: Under alkaline conditions, hydrolyze compound In to obtain compound Io, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably lithium hydroxide;
步骤7:在缩合剂存在下,将化合物Io与Ih在碱性条件下进行缩合反应,得到通式(I)化合物,其中,碱性条件优选DIPEA,缩合剂优选HATU。Step 7: In the presence of a condensing agent, the compound Io and Ih are subjected to a condensation reaction under basic conditions to obtain a compound of general formula (I), wherein the basic condition is preferably DIPEA, and the condensing agent is preferably HATU.
(3)方案3:当R 1为-S(O) 2NR aR b时,按照方案3的方法,由化合物Im作为起始原料,得到通式(I)化合物。 (3) Scheme 3: When R 1 is -S(O) 2 NR a R b , according to the method of Scheme 3, using compound Im as the starting material, the compound of general formula (I) is obtained.
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000020
方案3Scheme 3
方案3的合成:Synthesis of Scheme 3:
步骤1:在碱性条件下,将化合物Im与HNR aR b反应得到化合物Ip,其中,碱性试剂优选碳酸钠; Step 1: Under alkaline conditions, reacting compound Im with HNR a R b to obtain compound Ip, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably sodium carbonate;
步骤2:在碱性条件下,将化合物Ip水解得到化合物Iq,其中,碱性试剂优选氢氧化锂;Step 2: Under alkaline conditions, the compound Ip is hydrolyzed to obtain the compound Iq, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably lithium hydroxide;
步骤3:在缩合剂存在下,将化合物Iq与Ih在碱性条件下进行缩合反应,得到通式(I)化合物,其中,碱性条件优选DIPEA,缩合剂优选HATU。Step 3: In the presence of a condensing agent, the compound Iq and Ih are subjected to a condensation reaction under basic conditions to obtain a compound of general formula (I), wherein the basic condition is preferably DIPEA, and the condensing agent is preferably HATU.
(4)方案4:当R 1为-P(O)R aR b时,按照方案4的方法,由化合物Ir作为起始原料,得到通式(I)化合物。 (4) Scheme 4: When R 1 is -P(O)R a R b , according to the method of Scheme 4, using compound Ir as the starting material, the compound of general formula (I) is obtained.
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000021
方案4Scheme 4
方案4的合成:Synthesis of Scheme 4:
步骤1:在高温、碱性和催化剂存在下,将化合物Ir与HP(O)R aR b反应得到化合物Is,其中,高温条件优选65℃,碱性试剂优选磷酸钾,催化剂优选Pd(OAc) 2和Xantphos; Step 1: In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound Ir is reacted with HP(O)R a R b to obtain compound Is, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 65°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium phosphate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(OAc ) 2 and Xantphos;
步骤2:在高温、碱性和催化剂存在下,将化合物Is与双联硼酸频哪醇酯反应得到化合物It,其中,高温条件优选100℃,碱性试剂优选乙酸钾,催化剂优选Pd(dppf)Cl 2Step 2: In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound Is is reacted with diboronic acid pinacol ester to obtain compound It, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 100°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium acetate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(dppf) Cl 2 ;
步骤3:在高温、碱性和催化剂存在下,将化合物It与Ie反应得到化合物Iu,其中,高温条件优选90℃,碱性试剂优选碳酸钾,催化剂优选Pd(dppf)Cl 2Step 3: In the presence of high temperature, alkalinity and catalyst, compound It and Ie are reacted to obtain compound Iu, wherein the high temperature condition is preferably 90°C, the alkaline reagent is preferably potassium carbonate, and the catalyst is preferably Pd(dppf)Cl 2 ;
步骤4:在碱性条件下,将化合物Iu水解得到化合物Iv,其中,碱性试剂优选氢氧化锂;Step 4: Under alkaline conditions, hydrolyze compound Iu to obtain compound Iv, wherein the alkaline reagent is preferably lithium hydroxide;
步骤5:在缩合剂存在下,将化合物Iv与Ih在碱性条件下发生缩合反应,得到通式(I)化合物,其中,碱性条件优选DIPEA,缩合剂优选HATU。Step 5: In the presence of a condensing agent, the compound Iv and Ih are subjected to a condensation reaction under basic conditions to obtain a compound of general formula (I), wherein the basic condition is preferably DIPEA, and the condensing agent is preferably HATU.
其中,W 1、W 2、W 3、A 1、A 2、A 3、A 4、A 5、R 1、R 2、R 3、L如通式(I)所定义。 Wherein, W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and L are as defined in the general formula (I).
具体实施方式Detailed ways
以下结合实施例进一步描述本发明,但这些实施例并非限制着本发明的范围。The present invention is further described below in conjunction with examples, but these examples do not limit the scope of the present invention.
化合物的结构是通过核磁共振(NMR)或/和质谱(MS)来确定的。NMR位移以10 -6(ppm)的单位给出。NMR的测定是用Brukerdps300型核磁仪,测定溶剂为氘代二甲基亚砜(DMSO-d 6)、氘代氯仿(CDCl 3)、氘代甲醇(CD 3OD),内标为四甲基硅烷(TMS)。 The structure of the compound is determined by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) or/and mass spectrometry (MS). NMR shifts are given in units of 10 -6 (ppm). NMR is measured by Brukerdps300 nuclear magnetometer, the solvent is deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d 6 ), deuterated chloroform (CDCl 3 ), deuterated methanol (CD 3 OD), and the internal standard is tetramethyl Silane (TMS).
MS的测定用1100Series LC/MSD Trap(ESI)质谱仪(生产商:Agilent)。1100Series LC/MSD Trap (ESI) mass spectrometer (manufacturer: Agilent) is used for MS measurement.
GC-MS测定使用GCMS-QP2010SE。GC-MS measurement uses GCMS-QP2010SE.
制备液相使用lc3000高效液相色谱仪以及lc6000高效液相色谱仪(生产商:创新通恒)。色谱柱为Daisogel C18 10μm 60A(20mm×250mm)。The lc3000 high performance liquid chromatograph and lc6000 high performance liquid chromatograph (manufacturer: Chuangxin Tongheng) are used for the preparation of the liquid phase. The chromatographic column is Daisogel C18 10μm 60A (20mm×250mm).
HPLC的测定使用岛津LC-20AD高压液相色谱仪(Agilent TC-C18 250×4.6mm5μm色谱柱)和岛津LC-2010AHT高压液相色谱仪(Phenomenex C18 250×4.6mm5μm色谱柱)。HPLC determination uses Shimadzu LC-20AD high pressure liquid chromatograph (Agilent TC-C18 250×4.6mm 5μm column) and Shimadzu LC-2010AHT high pressure liquid chromatograph (Phenomenex C18 250×4.6mm 5μm column).
薄层层析硅胶板使用青岛海洋化工GF254硅胶板,薄层色谱法(TLC)使用的硅胶板采用的规格是0.15mm~0.2mm,薄层层析分离纯化产品采用的规格是0.4mm~0.5mm。The thin layer chromatography silica gel plate uses Qingdao Ocean Chemical GF254 silica gel plate, the size of the silica gel plate used in thin layer chromatography (TLC) is 0.15mm~0.2mm, and the size of thin layer chromatography separation and purification products is 0.4mm~0.5 mm.
柱层析一般使用青岛海洋硅胶100~200目、200~300目硅胶为载体。Column chromatography generally uses Qingdao Marine silica gel 100-200 mesh and 200-300 mesh silica gel as the carrier.
本发明的已知的起始原料可以采用或按照本领域已知的方法来合成,或可购买自网化商城、北京耦合、Sigma、百灵威、易世明、上海书亚、伊诺凯、南京药石、安耐吉化学等公司。The known starting materials of the present invention can be synthesized by or according to methods known in the art, or can be purchased from the network shopping mall, Beijing Coupling, Sigma, Bailingwei, Yi Shiming, Shanghai Shuya, Inokia, Nanjing Yaoshi, Anaiji Chemical and other companies.
实施例中无特殊说明,反应能够均在氩气氛或氮气氛下进行。There is no special description in the examples, and the reaction can all be carried out under an argon atmosphere or a nitrogen atmosphere.
氩气氛或氮气氛是指反应瓶连接一个约1L容积的氩气或氮气气球。The argon atmosphere or nitrogen atmosphere means that the reaction flask is connected to an argon or nitrogen balloon with a volume of about 1L.
微波反应使用CEM Discover SP型微波反应器。The microwave reaction uses CEM Discover SP type microwave reactor.
实施例中无特殊说明,溶液是指水溶液。There is no special description in the examples, and the solution refers to an aqueous solution.
实施例中无特殊说明,反应的温度为室温,为20℃~30℃。There are no special instructions in the examples, and the reaction temperature is room temperature, which is 20°C to 30°C.
实施例中的反应进程的监测采用薄层色谱法(TLC),反应所使用的展开剂的体系有:A:二氯甲烷和甲醇体系,B:正己烷和乙酸乙酯体系,C:石油醚和乙酸乙酯体系,D:丙酮,溶剂的体积比根据化合物的极性不同而进行调节。The monitoring of the reaction progress in the examples adopts thin-layer chromatography (TLC). The developing reagent system used in the reaction includes: A: dichloromethane and methanol system, B: n-hexane and ethyl acetate system, C: petroleum ether And ethyl acetate system, D: acetone, the volume ratio of the solvent is adjusted according to the polarity of the compound.
纯化化合物采用的柱层析的洗脱剂的体系和薄层色谱法的展开剂体系包括:A:二氯甲烷和甲醇体系,B:石油醚、乙酸乙酯和二氯甲烷体系,C:石油醚和乙酸乙酯体系,溶剂的体积比根据化合物的极性不同而进行调节,也可以加入少量的三乙胺和醋酸等碱性或酸性试剂进行调节。The eluent system of column chromatography and the developing solvent system of thin layer chromatography used to purify compounds include: A: dichloromethane and methanol system, B: petroleum ether, ethyl acetate and dichloromethane system, C: petroleum In the ether and ethyl acetate system, the volume ratio of the solvent is adjusted according to the polarity of the compound, and a small amount of basic or acidic reagents such as triethylamine and acetic acid can also be added for adjustment.
除非另行定义,文中所使用的所有专业与科学用语与本领域熟练人员所熟悉 的意义相同。此外,任何与所记载内容相似或均等的方法及材料皆可应用于本发明方法中。Unless otherwise defined, all professional and scientific terms used in the text have the same meaning as those familiar to those skilled in the art. In addition, any methods and materials similar or equivalent to the content described can be applied to the method of the present invention.
实施例Example
实施例1:(R)-3-(甲基(氧杂环丁烷-3-基)氨基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(1)的制备Example 1: (R)-3-(Methyl(oxetan-3-yl)amino)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-( Preparation of (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (1)
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000022
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000022
步骤1:3-溴-5-(氧杂环丁烷-3-基氨基)苯甲酸甲酯(1b)的合成Step 1: Synthesis of methyl 3-bromo-5-(oxetan-3-ylamino)benzoate (1b)
将3-氨基-5-溴苯甲酸甲酯(2.00g,8.69mmol)、氧杂环丁烷-3-酮(1.25g,17.38mmol)、乙酸(1.58g,26.07mmol)、无水乙醇(30mL)加入反应瓶中,升温至60℃搅拌5小时,然后加入氰基硼氢化钠(1.58g,26.07mmol),于60℃继续搅拌14小时。反应结束后,将反应液过滤,向滤液中加入饱和碳酸氢钠溶液调pH至8-9,再加入50mL二氯甲烷和50mL水萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩,得到2.34g浅黄色固体状标题产物,收率93%。Mix 3-amino-5-bromobenzoic acid methyl ester (2.00g, 8.69mmol), oxetane-3-one (1.25g, 17.38mmol), acetic acid (1.58g, 26.07mmol), absolute ethanol ( 30mL) was added to the reaction flask, heated to 60°C and stirred for 5 hours, then sodium cyanoborohydride (1.58g, 26.07mmol) was added, and stirring was continued at 60°C for 14 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered, and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution was added to the filtrate to adjust the pH to 8-9, and then 50 mL of dichloromethane and 50 mL of water were added for extraction. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 2.34 g of the title product as a pale yellow solid with a yield of 93%.
步骤2:3-溴-5-(甲基(氧杂环丁烷-3-基)氨基)苯甲酸甲酯(1c)的合成Step 2: Synthesis of methyl 3-bromo-5-(methyl(oxetan-3-yl)amino)benzoate (1c)
将3-溴-5-(氧杂环丁烷-3-基氨基)苯甲酸甲酯(2.34g,8.18mmol)、DMF(30ml)加入反应瓶中,再缓慢加入NaH(0.78g,32.72mmol),室温搅拌1小时,然后加入碘甲烷(2.32g,16.36mmol),继续室温反应14小时。反应结束后,向反应液中滴加10mL水淬灭。将反应液减压浓缩,加入60mL二氯甲烷和60mL水萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱法(洗脱剂:石油醚:乙酸乙酯=5:1)纯化,得到1.30g白色固体状标题产物,收率53%。Add methyl 3-bromo-5-(oxetan-3-ylamino)benzoate (2.34g, 8.18mmol) and DMF (30ml) into the reaction flask, and then slowly add NaH (0.78g, 32.72mmol) ), stirring at room temperature for 1 hour, and then adding methyl iodide (2.32 g, 16.36 mmol), and continuing to react at room temperature for 14 hours. After the completion of the reaction, 10 mL of water was added dropwise to the reaction solution to quench. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and 60 mL of dichloromethane and 60 mL of water were added for extraction. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 5:1) to obtain 1.30 g of the title product as a white solid with a yield of 53%.
步骤3:3-(甲基(氧杂环丁烷-3-基)氨基)-5-(4,4,5,5-四甲基-1,3,2-二氧杂硼杂环 戊烷-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(1d)的合成Step 3: 3-(Methyl(oxetan-3-yl)amino)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane Synthesis of Alk-2-yl) Methyl Benzoate (1d)
将3-溴-5-(甲基(氧杂环丁烷-3-基)氨基)苯甲酸甲酯(1.15g,32.72mmol)、BPD(双联硼酸频那醇酯)(1.46g,5.75mmol)、乙酸钾(0.75g,7.66mmol)、1,4-二氧六环(25ml)、Pd(dppf)Cl 2(0.14g,0.19mmol)加入反应瓶中,氮气保护下,升温至100℃搅拌20小时。反应结束后,将反应液减压浓缩,残余物用50mL乙酸乙酯和50mL水萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱法(洗脱剂:石油醚:乙酸乙酯=5:1)纯化,得到0.96g白色固体状标题产物,收率63%。 Combine 3-bromo-5-(methyl(oxetan-3-yl)amino)methyl benzoate (1.15g, 32.72mmol), BPD (pinacol diboronate) (1.46g, 5.75 mmol), potassium acetate (0.75g, 7.66mmol), 1,4-dioxane (25ml), Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (0.14g, 0.19mmol) were added to the reaction flask, and under nitrogen protection, the temperature was raised to 100 Stir at °C for 20 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was extracted with 50 mL of ethyl acetate and 50 mL of water. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 5:1) to obtain 0.96 g of the title product as a white solid with a yield of 63%.
步骤4:3-(甲基(氧杂环丁烷-3-基)氨基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(1e)的合成Step 4: Synthesis of methyl 3-(methyl(oxetan-3-yl)amino)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)benzoate (1e)
将3-(甲基(氧杂环丁烷-3-基)氨基)-5-(4,4,5,5-四甲基-1,3,2-二氧杂硼杂环戊烷-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(0.96g,2.76mmol)、2-溴-5-甲基噻唑(0.59g,3.32mmol)、碳酸钾(0.92g,6.65mmol)、水(5mL)、四氢呋喃(25mL)、Pd(dppf)Cl 2(0.30g,0.86mmol)加入反应瓶中,氮气保护下,升温至90℃搅拌16小时。反应结束后,将反应液减压浓缩,残余物用50mL乙酸乙酯和50mL水萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱法(洗脱剂:石油醚:乙酸乙酯=5:1)纯化,得到0.8g浅绿色液体状标题产物,收率90%。 Add 3-(methyl(oxetan-3-yl)amino)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane- Methyl 2-yl)benzoate (0.96g, 2.76mmol), 2-bromo-5-methylthiazole (0.59g, 3.32mmol), potassium carbonate (0.92g, 6.65mmol), water (5mL), tetrahydrofuran ( 25mL), Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (0.30g, 0.86mmol) were added to the reaction flask, and under the protection of nitrogen, the temperature was raised to 90°C and stirred for 16 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was extracted with 50 mL of ethyl acetate and 50 mL of water. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 5:1) to obtain 0.8 g of the title product as a light green liquid with a yield of 90%.
步骤5:3-(甲基(氧杂环丁烷-3-基)氨基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)苯甲酸(1f)的合成Step 5: Synthesis of 3-(methyl(oxetan-3-yl)amino)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)benzoic acid (1f)
将3-(甲基(氧杂环丁烷-3-基)氨基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(0.70g,2.20mmol)、1N氢氧化锂溶液(10mL)、四氢呋喃(20mL)、甲醇(20mL)加入反应瓶中,室温搅拌14小时。反应结束后,将反应液减压浓缩,加入1N盐酸溶液调pH至3-4,加入50mL乙酸乙酯和50mL水萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱法(洗脱剂:二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1)纯化,得到0.16g黄色固体状标题产物,收率24%。Combine 3-(methyl(oxetan-3-yl)amino)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)methyl benzoate (0.70g, 2.20mmol), 1N lithium hydroxide solution (10 mL), tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), methanol (20 mL) were added to the reaction flask, and stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, 1N hydrochloric acid solution was added to adjust the pH to 3-4, and 50 mL ethyl acetate and 50 mL water were added for extraction. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: dichloromethane: methanol = 20:1) to obtain 0.16 g of the title product as a yellow solid with a yield of 24%.
步骤6:(R)-3-(甲基(氧杂环丁烷-3-基)氨基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(化合物1)的合成Step 6: (R)-3-(Methyl(oxetan-3-yl)amino)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(tri Synthesis of (fluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (compound 1)
将3-(甲基(氧杂环丁烷-3-基)氨基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)苯甲酸(80mg,0.26mmol)、(R)-1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙-1-胺(根据文献WO2010111059制备)(66mg,0.29mmol)、DIPEA(二异丙基乙基胺)(136mg,1.05mmol)、HATU(2-(7-氧化苯并三氮唑)-N,N,N',N'-四甲基脲六氟磷酸盐)(140g,0.37mmol)、DMF(10mL)加入反应瓶中,室温搅拌2小时。反应结束后,加入30mL乙酸乙酯和30mL水萃取。有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。残余物通过制备液相色谱制备纯化(色谱柱:Hedea ODS-2 C18,300mm*250mm,10μm;洗脱剂:乙腈/水=0%-100%),得到55mg黄色固体状标题产物,收率44%。Add 3-(methyl(oxetan-3-yl)amino)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)benzoic acid (80mg, 0.26mmol), (R)-1-(2 -(Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl-1-amine (prepared according to document WO2010111059) (66mg, 0.29mmol), DIPEA (diisopropylethylamine) (136mg, 1.05mmol), HATU ( 2-(7-benzotriazole oxide)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea hexafluorophosphate) (140g, 0.37mmol) and DMF (10mL) were added to the reaction flask and stirred at room temperature 2 hours. After the reaction, 30 mL ethyl acetate and 30 mL water were added for extraction. The organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was prepared and purified by preparative liquid chromatography (column: Hedea ODS-2 C18, 300mm*250mm, 10μm; eluent: acetonitrile/water=0%-100%) to obtain 55mg of the title product as a yellow solid, yield 44%.
LC-MS:m/z 478.41[M+H] +LC-MS: m/z 478.41 [M+H] + .
1H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ1.11(m,3H),1.61(m,3H),2.99(m,3H),4.63(m,2H),4.82(m,2H),4.87(m,1H),5.29(m,1H),7.23(m,2H),7.62(m,1H),7.70(m,1H),9.10(m,3H)。 1 H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 1.11 (m, 3H), 1.61 (m, 3H), 2.99 (m, 3H), 4.63 (m, 2H), 4.82 (m, 2H), 4.87 ( m, 1H), 5.29 (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 2H), 7.62 (m, 1H), 7.70 (m, 1H), 9.10 (m, 3H).
实施例2:(R)-3-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-5-(吡咯烷-1-基磺酰基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(2)的制备Example 2: (R)-3-(5-Methylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine -5-yl) ethyl) benzamide (2) preparation
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000023
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000023
步骤1:3-溴-5-((4-甲氧基苄基)硫基)苯甲酸甲酯(2b)的合成Step 1: Synthesis of methyl 3-bromo-5-((4-methoxybenzyl)thio)benzoate (2b)
将3,5-二溴苯甲酸甲酯(5.0g,17.0mmol)、(4-甲氧基苯基)甲硫醇(2.09g,13.6mmol)、Pd 2(dba) 3(1.95g,3.4mmol)、Xantphos(4,5-双(二苯基膦)-9,9-二甲基氧杂蒽)(1.95g,3.4mmol)、二氧六环(50mL)、DIPEA(4.4g,34mmol)加到反应瓶中,氮气保护下,于100℃搅拌16小时。反应结束后,将反应液过滤,滤液浓缩至干。残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱法(洗脱剂:石油醚:乙酸乙酯=2:1)纯化,得到4.16g黄色油状物的标题产物,收率:66.8%。 3,5-Dibromobenzoic acid methyl ester (5.0g, 17.0mmol), (4-methoxyphenyl) methyl mercaptan (2.09g, 13.6mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (1.95g, 3.4 mmol), Xantphos (4,5-bis(diphenylphosphine)-9,9-dimethylxanthene) (1.95g, 3.4mmol), dioxane (50mL), DIPEA (4.4g, 34mmol) ) Was added to the reaction flask and stirred at 100°C for 16 hours under the protection of nitrogen. After the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 2:1) to obtain 4.16 g of the title product as a yellow oil, yield: 66.8%.
步骤2:3-((4-甲氧基苄基)硫基)-5-(4,4,5,5-四甲基-1,3,2-二氧杂硼杂环戊烷-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(2c)的合成Step 2: 3-((4-Methoxybenzyl)thio)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2 -Yl) the synthesis of methyl benzoate (2c)
将3-溴-5-((4-甲氧基苄基)硫基)苯甲酸甲酯(4.16g,11.4mmol)、BPD(4.33g,17.0mmol)、乙酸钾(2.23g,22.8mmol)、Pd(dppf)Cl 2(0.42g,0.57mmol)、DMF(40mL)加到反应瓶中,于110℃搅拌3小时。反应结束后,将反应液过滤,滤 液浓缩至干。残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱法(洗脱剂:石油醚:乙酸乙酯=2:1)纯化,得到5.2g黄色油状物的标题产物,收率:110%。 Combine 3-bromo-5-((4-methoxybenzyl)thio)methyl benzoate (4.16g, 11.4mmol), BPD (4.33g, 17.0mmol), potassium acetate (2.23g, 22.8mmol) , Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (0.42g, 0.57mmol) and DMF (40mL) were added to the reaction flask and stirred at 110°C for 3 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 2:1) to obtain 5.2 g of the title product as a yellow oil, yield: 110%.
步骤3:3-((4-甲氧基苄基)硫基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(2d)的合成Step 3: Synthesis of methyl 3-((4-methoxybenzyl)thio)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)benzoate (2d)
将3-((4-甲氧基苄基)硫基)-5-(4,4,5,5-四甲基-1,3,2-二氧杂硼杂环戊烷-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(5.2g,12.47mmol)、2-溴-5-甲基噻唑(2.66g,14.96mmol)、碳酸钾(4.13g,29.93mmol)、Pd(dppf)Cl 2(1.37g,1.87mmol)、THF(200mL)、水(30mL)加到反应瓶中,氮气保护下,于90℃搅拌16小时。反应结束后,将反应液过滤,向滤液中加入100mL乙酸乙酯和100mL水萃取。有机相用水洗涤一次,用无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱法(洗脱剂:石油醚:乙酸乙酯=3:1)纯化,得到2.6g黄色油状物的标题产物,收率:54.1%。 Add 3-((4-methoxybenzyl)thio)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl ) Methyl benzoate (5.2g, 12.47mmol), 2-bromo-5-methylthiazole (2.66g, 14.96mmol), potassium carbonate (4.13g, 29.93mmol), Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (1.37g, 1.87mmol), THF (200mL), and water (30mL) were added to the reaction flask, and stirred at 90°C for 16 hours under nitrogen protection. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered, and 100 mL of ethyl acetate and 100 mL of water were added to the filtrate for extraction. The organic phase was washed once with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 3:1) to obtain 2.6 g of the title product as a yellow oil, yield: 54.1%.
步骤4:3-(氯磺酰基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(2e)的合成Step 4: Synthesis of methyl 3-(chlorosulfonyl)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)benzoate (2e)
将3-((4-甲氧基苄基)硫基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(2.4g,6.2mmol)、乙腈(80mL)、水(2mL)、乙酸(1mL)加到反应瓶中,冷却至-15℃,将DCDMH(1,3-二氯-5,5-二甲基海因)(1.7g,8.7mmol)加到反应瓶中,于-15℃搅拌4小时。反应结束后,向反应液中加入80mL二氯甲烷和80mL水萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤一次,用无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱法(洗脱剂:石油醚:乙酸乙酯=1:1)纯化,得到1.46g白色固体状的标题产物,收率:70.8%。Combine 3-((4-methoxybenzyl)sulfanyl)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)benzoic acid methyl ester (2.4g, 6.2mmol), acetonitrile (80mL), water (2mL ), acetic acid (1mL) were added to the reaction flask, cooled to -15℃, DCDMH (1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin) (1.7g, 8.7mmol) was added to the reaction flask , Stir at -15°C for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, 80 mL of dichloromethane and 80 mL of water were added to the reaction solution for extraction, the organic phase was washed once with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 1:1) to obtain 1.46 g of the title product as a white solid, yield: 70.8%.
步骤5:3-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-5-(吡咯烷-1-基磺酰基)苯甲酸甲酯(2f)的合成Step 5: Synthesis of methyl 3-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)benzoate (2f)
将3-(氯磺酰基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(1.3g,3.92mmol)、THF(20mL)、水(20mL)、碳酸钠(1.25g,11.78mmol)、四氢吡咯(0.84g,11.78mmol)加到反应瓶中,于室温搅拌16小时。反应结束后,将反应液过滤,滤饼用水洗涤两次,干燥滤饼,得到1.4g白色固体状的标题产物,收率:97.4%。Mix 3-(chlorosulfonyl)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl) methyl benzoate (1.3g, 3.92mmol), THF (20mL), water (20mL), sodium carbonate (1.25g, 11.78mmol) and tetrahydropyrrole (0.84g, 11.78mmol) were added to the reaction flask and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was filtered, the filter cake was washed twice with water, and the filter cake was dried to obtain 1.4 g of the title product as a white solid. Yield: 97.4%.
步骤6:3-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-5-(吡咯烷-1-基磺酰基)苯甲酸(2g)的合成Step 6: Synthesis of 3-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)benzoic acid (2g)
将3-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-5-(吡咯烷-1-基磺酰基)苯甲酸甲酯(1.4g,3.8mmol)、THF(20mL)、甲醇(20mL)、1N氢氧化锂(20mL)加到反应瓶中,于室温搅拌16小时。反应结束后,将反应液用1N盐酸调pH至3-4,过滤,滤饼用水洗涤两次,干燥滤饼,得到1.3g白色固体状的标题产物,收率:96.5%。Combine 3-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl) methyl benzoate (1.4g, 3.8mmol), THF (20mL), methanol (20mL), 1N Lithium hydroxide (20 mL) was added to the reaction flask and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After the reaction, the reaction solution was adjusted to pH 3-4 with 1N hydrochloric acid, filtered, the filter cake was washed twice with water, and the filter cake was dried to obtain 1.3 g of the title product as a white solid. Yield: 96.5%.
步骤7:(R)-3-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-5-(吡咯烷-1-基磺酰基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(化合物2)的合成Step 7: (R)-3-(5-Methylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine- Synthesis of 5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (compound 2)
将3-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-5-(吡咯烷-1-基磺酰基)苯甲酸(140mg,0.40mmol)、DMF(10mL)、HATU(213mg,0.56mmol)、DIPEA(206mg,1.60mmol)、(R)-1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙-1-胺(100mg,0.44mmol)加到反应瓶中,于室温搅拌16小时。反应结束后,将反应液倒入100mL冰水中,搅拌10分钟,过滤,滤饼通过制备液相色谱法(色谱柱:Hedea ODS-2 C18,300mm*250mm,10μm;洗脱剂:0%-100%乙腈:水溶液)纯化,得到107mg白色固体的标题产物,收 率:51.2%。Combine 3-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(pyrrolidin-1-ylsulfonyl)benzoic acid (140mg, 0.40mmol), DMF (10mL), HATU (213mg, 0.56mmol), DIPEA (206mg, 1.60mmol), (R)-1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethan-1-amine (100mg, 0.44mmol) was added to the reaction flask and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours . After the reaction, the reaction solution was poured into 100 mL ice water, stirred for 10 minutes, filtered, and the filter cake was passed through preparative liquid chromatography (column: Hedea ODS-2 C18, 300mm*250mm, 10μm; eluent: 0%- 100% acetonitrile: aqueous solution) to obtain 107 mg of the title product as a white solid, yield: 51.2%.
LC-MS:m/z 526.29[M+H] +LC-MS: m/z 526.29 [M+H] + .
1H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ1.67(m,8H),2.55(m,3H),3.19(m,3H),5.31(m,1H),7.74(m,1H),8.33(m,2H),8.60(m,1H),9.16(s,2H),9.50(m,1H)。 1 H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 1.67 (m, 8H), 2.55 (m, 3H), 3.19 (m, 3H), 5.31 (m, 1H), 7.74 (m, 1H), 8.33 ( m, 2H), 8.60 (m, 1H), 9.16 (s, 2H), 9.50 (m, 1H).
实施例3:(R)-3-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-5-氨磺酰基-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(3)的制备Example 3: (R)-3-(5-Methylthiazol-2-yl)-5-sulfamoyl-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl ) Preparation of benzamide (3)
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000024
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000024
与实施例2的制备方法相同,除了用氨水替代四氢吡咯,制得标题化合物3。The preparation method was the same as in Example 2, except that ammonia water was used instead of tetrahydropyrrole to obtain the title compound 3.
LC-MS:m/z 472.4[M+H] +LC-MS: m/z 472.4 [M+H] + .
1H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ1.63(m,3H),2.50(s,3H),5.34(m,1H),7.60(m,2H),7.73(s,1H),8.35(s,1H),8.46(s,1H),8.53(s,1H),9.14(s,2H),9.47(m,1H)。 1 H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 1.63 (m, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 5.34 (m, 1H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 8.35 ( s, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 9.14 (s, 2H), 9.47 (m, 1H).
实施例4:(R)-3-((4-甲基哌嗪-1-基)磺酰基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(4)的制备Example 4: (R)-3-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)sulfonyl)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-( Preparation of (trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (4)
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000025
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000025
与实施例2的制备方法相同,除了用N-甲基哌嗪替代四氢吡咯,制得标题化合物4。The preparation method was the same as in Example 2, except that N-methylpiperazine was used instead of tetrahydropyrrole to obtain the title compound 4.
LC-MS:m/z 555.4[M+H] +LC-MS: m/z 555.4 [M+H] + .
1H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ1.73(m,3H),2.12(m,3H),2.36(m,4H),2.49(m,3H),2.06(m,4H),5.92(m,1H),7.74(m,1H),8.22(m,2H),8.01(m,1H),8.14(s,2H),9.04(m,1H)。 1 H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d 6 )δ1.73(m,3H), 2.12(m,3H), 2.36(m,4H), 2.49(m,3H), 2.06(m,4H), 5.92( m, 1H), 7.74 (m, 1H), 8.22 (m, 2H), 8.01 (m, 1H), 8.14 (s, 2H), 9.04 (m, 1H).
实施例5:(R)-3-(N-环丙基氨磺酰基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(5)的制备Example 5: (R)-3-(N-cyclopropylsulfamoyl)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine -5-yl) ethyl) benzamide (5) preparation
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000027
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000027
与实施例2的制备方法相同,除了用环丙胺替代四氢吡咯,制得标题化合物5。The preparation method was the same as in Example 2, except that cyclopropylamine was used instead of tetrahydropyrrole to obtain the title compound 5.
LC-MS:m/z 512.4[M+H] +LC-MS: m/z 512.4 [M+H] + .
1H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ0.40(m,2H),0.50(m,2H),1.63(m,3H),2.21(m,1H),2.55(s,3H),5.34(m,1H),7.74(m,1H),8.18(s,1H),8.34(s,1H),8.43(s,1H),8.58(s,1H),9.15(s,2H),9.49(m,1H)。 1 H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 0.40 (m, 2H), 0.50 (m, 2H), 1.63 (m, 3H), 2.21 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 5.34 ( m, 1H), 7.74 (m, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 9.15 (s, 2H), 9.49 (m ,1H).
实施例6:(R)-3-(二甲基膦酰基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(6)的制备Example 6: (R)-3-(Dimethylphosphono)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine-5- (Yl) ethyl) benzamide (6) preparation
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000028
步骤1:3-溴-5-(二甲基膦酰基)苯甲酸甲酯(6b)的合成Step 1: Synthesis of methyl 3-bromo-5-(dimethylphosphono)benzoate (6b)
将3-溴-5-碘苯甲酸甲酯(6a)(2.00g,5.87mmol)、二甲基氧膦(0.69g,8.80mmol)、磷酸钾(1.50g,7.04mmol)、1,4-二氧六环(15mL)、Xantphos(0.2g,0.35mmol)、Pd(OAc) 2(65mg,0.29mmol)加入反应瓶中,氮气保护下,升温至65℃搅拌2小时。反应结束后,将反应液减压浓缩,残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱法(洗脱剂:二氯甲烷:甲醇=20:1)纯化,得到0.8g橙黄色固体状标题产物,收率47%。 Mix 3-bromo-5-iodobenzoic acid methyl ester (6a) (2.00g, 5.87mmol), dimethylphosphine oxide (0.69g, 8.80mmol), potassium phosphate (1.50g, 7.04mmol), 1,4- Dioxane (15 mL), Xantphos (0.2 g, 0.35 mmol), and Pd(OAc) 2 (65 mg, 0.29 mmol) were added to the reaction flask, and under the protection of nitrogen, the temperature was raised to 65° C. and stirred for 2 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: dichloromethane: methanol = 20:1) to obtain 0.8 g of the title product as an orange solid with a yield of 47 %.
步骤2:3-(二甲基膦酰基)-5-(4,4,5,5-四甲基-1,3,2-二氧杂硼杂环戊烷-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(6c)的合成Step 2: Methyl 3-(dimethylphosphono)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoate Synthesis of ester (6c)
将3-溴-5-(二甲基膦酰基)苯甲酸甲酯(0.5g,1.72mmol)、BPD(0.87g,3.44mmol)、乙酸钾(0.5g,5.16mmol)、1,4-二氧六环(20mL)、Pd(dppf)Cl 2(63mg,0.086mmol)加入反应瓶中,氮气保护下,升温至100℃搅拌16小时。反应结束后过滤,将滤液减压浓缩,得到1.3g黑色固体状粗品的标题产物,直接用于下一步。 Mix 3-bromo-5-(dimethylphosphono) methyl benzoate (0.5g, 1.72mmol), BPD (0.87g, 3.44mmol), potassium acetate (0.5g, 5.16mmol), 1,4-bis Oxane (20 mL) and Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (63 mg, 0.086 mmol) were added to the reaction flask, and under the protection of nitrogen, the temperature was raised to 100° C. and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. After the reaction, it was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 1.3 g of the title product as a crude black solid, which was used directly in the next step.
步骤3:3-(二甲基膦酰基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(6d)的合成Step 3: Synthesis of methyl 3-(dimethylphosphono)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)benzoate (6d)
将3-(二甲基膦酰基)-5-(4,4,5,5-四甲基-1,3,2-二氧杂硼杂环戊烷-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(1.3g,3.8mmol)、2-溴-5-甲基噻唑(0.18g,1.02mmol)、1N碳酸钾溶液(5mL)、四氢呋喃(20mL)、Pd(dppf)Cl 2(75mg,0.1mmol)加入反应瓶中,氮气保护下,升温至80℃搅拌14小时。反应结束后,将反应液减压浓缩,向残余物中加入50mL乙酸乙酯和50mL水萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱法(洗脱剂:二氯甲烷:甲醇=2:1)纯化,得到0.30g黑色液体状标题产物,收率25%。 Methyl 3-(dimethylphosphono)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoate ( 1.3g, 3.8mmol), 2-bromo-5-methylthiazole (0.18g, 1.02mmol), 1N potassium carbonate solution (5mL), tetrahydrofuran (20mL), Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (75mg, 0.1mmol) was added In the reaction flask, under the protection of nitrogen, the temperature was raised to 80°C and stirred for 14 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, 50 mL of ethyl acetate and 50 mL of water were added to the residue for extraction, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: dichloromethane: methanol = 2:1) to obtain 0.30 g of the title product as a black liquid with a yield of 25%.
步骤4:3-(二甲基膦酰基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)苯甲酸(6e)的合成Step 4: Synthesis of 3-(dimethylphosphono)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)benzoic acid (6e)
将3-(二甲基膦酰基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)苯甲酸甲酯(0.25g,0.81mmol)、1N氢氧化锂溶液(3mL)、四氢呋喃(5mL)、甲醇(5mL)依次加入反应瓶中,室温搅拌1小时。反应结束后,向反应液中加入1N盐酸溶液调pH至3-4,过滤。将滤饼用20mL水洗涤,干燥,得到80mg黄色固体状标题产物,收率34%。Combine 3-(dimethylphosphono)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)methyl benzoate (0.25g, 0.81mmol), 1N lithium hydroxide solution (3mL), tetrahydrofuran (5mL), Methanol (5 mL) was sequentially added to the reaction flask and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After the reaction, 1N hydrochloric acid solution was added to the reaction solution to adjust the pH to 3-4, and then filtered. The filter cake was washed with 20 mL of water and dried to obtain 80 mg of the title product as a yellow solid with a yield of 34%.
步骤5:(R)-3-(二甲基膦酰基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(化合物6)的合成Step 5: (R)-3-(Dimethylphosphono)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl ) Ethyl) benzamide (compound 6) synthesis
将3-(二甲基膦酰基)-5-(-甲基噻唑-2-基)苯甲酸(70mg,0.24mmol)、(R)-1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙-1-胺(60mg,0.26mmol)、DIPEA(0.12g,0.96mmol)、HATU(0.13g,0.34mmol)、DMF(10mL)加入反应瓶中,于室温搅拌1小时。反应结束后,向反应液中加入50mL乙酸乙酯和50mL水萃取,有机相用饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。残余物通过制备液相色谱法(色谱柱:Hedea ODS-2 C18,300mm*250mm,10μm;洗脱剂:乙腈/水=0%-100%)纯化,得到39mg白色固体标题产物,收率35%。Combine 3-(dimethylphosphono)-5-(-methylthiazol-2-yl)benzoic acid (70mg, 0.24mmol), (R)-1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidine-5 -Yl)ethyl-1-amine (60 mg, 0.26 mmol), DIPEA (0.12 g, 0.96 mmol), HATU (0.13 g, 0.34 mmol), and DMF (10 mL) were added to the reaction flask and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After the completion of the reaction, 50 mL of ethyl acetate and 50 mL of water were added to the reaction solution for extraction, the organic phase was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (column: Hedea ODS-2 C18, 300mm*250mm, 10μm; eluent: acetonitrile/water=0%-100%) to obtain 39mg of the title product as a white solid with a yield of 35 %.
LC-MS:m/z 469.2[M+H] +LC-MS: m/z 469.2 [M+H] + .
1H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ1.63(m,3H),1.74(m,6H),2.51(s,3H),5.34(m,1H),7.70(s,1H),8.28(m,1H),8.36(m,1H),8.47(s,1H),9.14(s,2H),9.34(m,1H)。 1 H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 1.63 (m, 3H), 1.74 (m, 6H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 5.34 (m, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 8.28 ( m, 1H), 8.36 (m, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 9.14 (s, 2H), 9.34 (m, 1H).
实施例7:(R)-3-(甲基(哌啶-4-基)氨基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(7)的制备Example 7: (R)-3-(Methyl(piperidin-4-yl)amino)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl) (Yl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (7)
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000029
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000030
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000030
步骤1:(R)-3-(甲基(哌啶-4-基)氨基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(化合物7)的合成Step 1: (R)-3-(Methyl(piperidin-4-yl)amino)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl) )Pyrimidine-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (Compound 7)
(R)-4-((3-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-5-((1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)氨基甲酰基)苯基)氨基甲基叔丁基)哌啶-1-羧酸叔丁酯(7a)的制备:(R)-4-((3-(5-Methylthiazol-2-yl)-5-((1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)carbamoyl) Preparation of (phenyl)aminomethyl tert-butyl)piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (7a):
与实施例1的制备方法相同,除了用N-叔丁氧羰基-4-哌啶酮替代氧杂环丁烷-3-酮,制得中间体7a。The preparation method is the same as that of Example 1, except that N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-4-piperidone is used instead of oxetan-3-one to prepare Intermediate 7a.
将(R)-4-((3-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-5-((1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)氨基甲酰基)苯基)氨基甲基叔丁基)哌啶-1-羧酸叔丁酯(400mg,0.66mmol)、2M二氧六环盐酸溶液(20mL)加入反应瓶中,于室温搅拌3小时。反应结束后,向反应液中加入饱和碳酸氢钠水溶液调pH值至8-9,过滤,滤饼通过制备液相色谱法(色谱柱:Hedea ODS-2 C18,300mm*250mm,10μm;洗脱剂:乙腈/水=0%-100%)纯化,得到135mg白色固体标题产物,收率40%。Add (R)-4-((3-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-5-((1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)carbamoyl )Phenyl)aminomethyl tert-butyl)piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (400mg, 0.66mmol) and 2M dioxane hydrochloric acid solution (20mL) were added to the reaction flask and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. After the reaction is over, add saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution to the reaction solution to adjust the pH to 8-9, filter, and pass the filter cake through preparative liquid chromatography (column: Hedea ODS-2 C18, 300mm*250mm, 10μm; elution Reagent: acetonitrile/water=0%-100%) to obtain 135 mg of the title product as a white solid with a yield of 40%.
LC-MS:m/z 505.2[M+H] +LC-MS: m/z 505.2 [M+H] + .
1H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ1.62(m,3H),1.68(m,2H),1.83(m,2H),2.50(s,3H),2.82(s,3H),2.88(m,2H),3.20(m,2H),2.97(m,1H),5.28(m,1H),7.33(m,2H),7.61(m,2H),9.12(s,2H),9.17(s,1H)。 1 H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 1.62 (m, 3H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.83 (m, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.88 ( m, 2H), 3.20 (m, 2H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 5.28 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.61 (m, 2H), 9.12 (s, 2H), 9.17 (s ,1H).
实施例8:(R)-3-(甲基(1-甲基哌啶-4-基)氨基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(8)的制备Example 8: (R)-3-(Methyl(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)amino)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-(2- (Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (8) preparation
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000031
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000031
与实施例1的制备方法相同,除了用N-甲基-4-哌啶酮替代氧杂环丁烷-3-酮,制得标题化合物8。The preparation method was the same as in Example 1, except that N-methyl-4-piperidone was used instead of oxetan-3-one to obtain the title compound 8.
LC-MS:m/z 519.2[M+H] +LC-MS: m/z 519.2 [M+H] + .
1H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ1.62(m,3H),1.68(m,2H),1.80(m,2H),2.17(m,2H),2.24(s,3H),2.50(s,3H),2.82(s,3H),2.94(m,2H),3.70(m,1H),5.28(m,1H),7.28(m,1H),7.38(m,1H),7.60(m,2H),9.12(m,3H)。 1 H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 1.62 (m, 3H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.50 ( s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.94 (m, 2H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 5.28 (m, 1H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.60 (m ,2H),9.12(m,3H).
实施例9:(R)-3-(3-甲基-1H-吡唑-1-基)-5-(氧杂环丁烷-3-基氧基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(9)的制备Example 9: (R)-3-(3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-5-(oxetan-3-yloxy)-N-(1-(2- (Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (9) preparation
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000032
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000032
步骤1:3-羟基-5-(3-甲基-1H-吡唑-1-基)苯甲酸甲酯(9b)的合成Step 1: Synthesis of methyl 3-hydroxy-5-(3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzoate (9b)
将3-溴-5-羟基苯甲酸甲酯(5.58g,24mmol)、3-甲基-1H-吡唑(2.98g,36mmol)、K 2CO 3(6.62g,48mmol)、DMSO(60mL)、CuI(2.28g,12mmol)、L-脯氨酸(2.76g,24mmol)加到反应瓶中,于120℃搅拌16小时。反应结束后,将反应液用1N盐酸调pH至4-5,并加入200mL水,用200mL乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用水洗涤三次,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。残余物通过硅胶柱层析色谱法(洗脱剂:石油醚:乙酸乙酯=2:1)纯化,得到0.64g黄色固体状的标题产物,收率:10.7%。 Methyl 3-bromo-5-hydroxybenzoate (5.58g, 24mmol), 3-methyl-1H-pyrazole (2.98g, 36mmol), K 2 CO 3 (6.62g, 48mmol), DMSO (60mL) , CuI (2.28g, 12mmol) and L-proline (2.76g, 24mmol) were added to the reaction flask and stirred at 120°C for 16 hours. After the reaction, the pH of the reaction solution was adjusted to 4-5 with 1N hydrochloric acid, 200 mL of water was added, and extraction was performed with 200 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed three times with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether: ethyl acetate = 2:1) to obtain 0.64 g of the title product as a yellow solid, yield: 10.7%.
步骤2:3-(3-甲基-1H-吡唑-1-基)-5-(氧杂环丁烷-3-基氧基)苯甲酸甲酯(9c)的合成Step 2: Synthesis of methyl 3-(3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-5-(oxetan-3-yloxy)benzoate (9c)
将3-羟基-5-(3-甲基-1H-吡唑-1-基)苯甲酸甲酯(0.64g,2.7mmol)、氧杂环丁烷-3-基4-甲基苯磺酸酯(0.94g,4.1mmol)、碳酸铯(1.34g,4.1mmol)、DMF(10mL)加到反应瓶中,于110℃搅拌16小时。反应结束后,向反应液中加入50mL乙酸乙酯和50mL水萃取。有机相用水洗涤两次,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩,得到0.5g黄色油状物的标题产物,收率:62.9%。Combine 3-hydroxy-5-(3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl) methyl benzoate (0.64g, 2.7mmol), oxetane-3-yl 4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid Ester (0.94g, 4.1mmol), cesium carbonate (1.34g, 4.1mmol), and DMF (10mL) were added to the reaction flask and stirred at 110°C for 16 hours. After the reaction was completed, 50 mL of ethyl acetate and 50 mL of water were added to the reaction solution for extraction. The organic phase was washed twice with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 0.5 g of the title product as a yellow oil. Yield: 62.9%.
步骤3:3-(3-甲基-1H-吡唑-1-基)-5-(氧杂环丁烷-3-基氧基)苯甲酸(9d)的合成Step 3: Synthesis of 3-(3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-5-(oxetan-3-yloxy)benzoic acid (9d)
将3-(3-甲基-1H-吡唑-1-基)-5-(氧杂环丁烷-3-基氧基)苯甲酸甲酯(0.5g,1.9mmol)、THF(6mL)、甲醇(6mL)、1N氢氧化锂(6mL)加到反应瓶中,于室温搅拌16小时。反应结束后,将反应液用1N盐酸调pH至3-4,加入20mL水和 20mL乙酸乙酯萃取。有机相用水、饱和食盐水依次洗涤一次,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩,得到0.4g黄色油状物的标题产物,收率:75.1%。Combine 3-(3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-5-(oxetan-3-yloxy)methyl benzoate (0.5g, 1.9mmol), THF (6mL) , Methanol (6mL) and 1N Lithium hydroxide (6mL) were added to the reaction flask and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. After the reaction, the pH of the reaction solution was adjusted to 3-4 with 1N hydrochloric acid, and 20 mL of water and 20 mL of ethyl acetate were added for extraction. The organic phase was washed once with water and saturated brine in turn, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 0.4 g of the title product as a yellow oily substance. Yield: 75.1%.
步骤4:(R)-3-(3-甲基-1H-吡唑-1-基)-5-(氧杂环丁烷-3-基氧基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺(化合物9)的合成Step 4: (R)-3-(3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-5-(oxetan-3-yloxy)-N-(1-(2-( Synthesis of trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide (compound 9)
将3-(3-甲基-1H-吡唑-1-基)-5-(氧杂环丁烷-3-基氧基)苯甲酸(220mg,0.80mmol)、DMF(10mL)、HATU(426mg,1.12mmol)、DIPEA(413mg,3.20mmol)、(R)-1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙-1-胺(201mg,0.88mmol)加到反应瓶中,于室温搅拌16小时。反应结束后,向反应液中加入20mL乙酸乙酯和20mL水萃取,有机相用水洗涤两次,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液减压浓缩。残余物通过制备液相色谱法(色谱柱:Hedea ODS-2 C18,300mm*250mm,10μm;洗脱剂:0%-100%乙腈:水溶液)纯化,得到99mg白色固体的标题产物,收率:27.6%。Combine 3-(3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-5-(oxetan-3-yloxy)benzoic acid (220mg, 0.80mmol), DMF (10mL), HATU ( 426mg, 1.12mmol), DIPEA (413mg, 3.20mmol), (R)-1-(2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl-1-amine (201mg, 0.88mmol) added to the reaction flask In, stirring at room temperature for 16 hours. After the completion of the reaction, 20 mL of ethyl acetate and 20 mL of water were added to the reaction solution for extraction, the organic phase was washed twice with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative liquid chromatography (column: Hedea ODS-2 C18, 300mm*250mm, 10μm; eluent: 0%-100% acetonitrile: aqueous solution) to obtain 99mg of the title product as a white solid. Yield: 27.6%.
LC-MS:m/z 448.16[M+H] +LC-MS: m/z 448.16 [M+H] + .
1H NMR(300MHz,DMSO-d 6)δ1.61(m,3H),2.28(m,3H),4.57(m,2H),4.96(m,2H),5.28(m,1H),5.45(m,1H),6.36(m,1H),7.14(m,1H),7.35(m,1H),7.90(s,1H),8.46(s,1H),9.10(m,3H)。 1 H NMR (300MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) δ 1.61 (m, 3H), 2.28 (m, 3H), 4.57 (m, 2H), 4.96 (m, 2H), 5.28 (m, 1H), 5.45 ( m, 1H), 6.36 (m, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 9.10 (m, 3H).
实施例10:(R)-3-(((4,4-二氟哌啶-1-基)磺酰基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺的制备Example 10: (R)-3-(((4,4-Difluoropiperidin-1-yl)sulfonyl)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(1-( Preparation of 2-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000033
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000033
与实施例2的制备方法相同,除了用4,4-二氟哌啶替代四氢吡咯,制得标题化合物10。The preparation method was the same as in Example 2, except that 4,4-difluoropiperidine was used instead of tetrahydropyrrole to obtain the title compound 10.
LC-MS:m/z 576.35[M+H] +LC-MS: m/z 576.35 [M+H] + .
1H NMR(300MHz,CDCl 3)δ1.64(d,J=7.2Hz,3H),2.09(s,4H),2.55(s,3H),3.17(s,4H),5.35-5.30(m,1H),7.74(s,1H),8.30-8.27(m,2H),8.62(s,1H),9.15(s,2H),9.47(d,J=6.6Hz,1H)。 1 H NMR (300MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.64 (d, J = 7.2Hz, 3H), 2.09 (s, 4H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 4H), 5.35-5.30 (m, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 8.30-8.27 (m, 2H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 9.15 (s, 2H), 9.47 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H).
实施例11:(R)-3-((6-氧杂-2-氮杂螺[3.4]辛基-2-基)磺酰基)-5-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基苯甲酰胺的制备Example 11: (R)-3-((6-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.4]octyl-2-yl)sulfonyl)-5-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)- Preparation of N-(1-(2-(Trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl)ethylbenzamide
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000034
与实施例2的制备方法相同,除了用6-氧杂-2-氮杂螺[3.4]辛烷替代四氢吡咯,制得标题化合物11。The preparation method was the same as in Example 2, except that 6-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.4]octane was used instead of tetrahydropyrrole to obtain the title compound 11.
LC-MS:m/z 568.41[M+H] +LC-MS: m/z 568.41 [M+H] + .
1H NMR(300MHz,CDCl 3)δ1.65(d,J=7.1Hz,3H),1.87-1.84(m,2H),2.55(s,3H),3.49(s,2H),3.58-3.54(m,2H),3.81-3.78(m,4H),5.40(s,1H),7.75(s,1H),8.35-8.33(m,2H),8.56(s,1H),9.15(s,2H),9.52(d,J=6.9Hz,1H)。 1 H NMR (300MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.65 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.87-1.84 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.58-3.54 ( m,2H),3.81-3.78(m,4H),5.40(s,1H),7.75(s,1H),8.35-8.33(m,2H),8.56(s,1H),9.15(s,2H) , 9.52 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H).
实施例12:(R)-3-(5-甲基噻唑-2-基)-5-(1-氧化膦基-1-基)-N-(1-(2-(三氟甲基)嘧啶-5-基)乙基)苯甲酰胺的制备Example 12: (R)-3-(5-Methylthiazol-2-yl)-5-(1-phosphinyl-1-yl)-N-(1-(2-(trifluoromethyl) Preparation of pyrimidin-5-yl)ethyl)benzamide
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000035
步骤1:1-环丁基氧化膦(12b)的合成:Step 1: Synthesis of 1-cyclobutylphosphine oxide (12b):
于室温,在氮气氛下将镁屑(10.0g,417mmol)加入四氢呋喃(400mL)中,室温搅拌半小时,然后向其中滴加1,4-二溴丁烷(43.0g,201mmol),控制反应温度低于30℃,滴加完后室温搅拌1.5小时。然后向其中滴加膦酸二乙酯(13.9g,100mmol),控制反应温度低于30℃,滴加完后室温反应16小时。反应结束后,用20%碳酸钾水溶液(300mL)淬灭,过滤,滤液减压浓缩,残余物通过减压蒸馏得到无色油状物的标题化合物530mg,收率:5.10%。Add magnesium chips (10.0g, 417mmol) to tetrahydrofuran (400mL) under nitrogen at room temperature, stir for half an hour at room temperature, and then add 1,4-dibromobutane (43.0g, 201mmol) dropwise to it to control the reaction The temperature is lower than 30°C, and after the dropwise addition is completed, stir at room temperature for 1.5 hours. Then, diethyl phosphonate (13.9g, 100mmol) was added dropwise to it, and the reaction temperature was controlled to be lower than 30°C. After the dropwise addition, the reaction was carried out at room temperature for 16 hours. After the reaction, it was quenched with 20% potassium carbonate aqueous solution (300 mL), filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was distilled under reduced pressure to obtain 530 mg of the title compound as a colorless oil, yield: 5.10%.
GC-MS:m/z 104.0[M]。GC-MS: m/z 104.0[M].
其余步骤与实施例6的制备方法相同,除了用1-环丁基氧化膦(12b)替代二甲基氧膦,制得标题化合物12。The remaining steps are the same as the preparation method of Example 6, except that 1-cyclobutyl phosphine oxide (12b) is used instead of dimethyl phosphine oxide to obtain the title compound 12.
LC-MS:m/z 494.62[M+H] +LC-MS: m/z 494.62 [M+H] + .
1H NMR(400MHz,CDCl 3)δ1.77(d,3H),2.18-2.04(m,8H),2.59(s,3H),5.40(s,1H),7.60(s,1H),8.28-8.18(m,2H),8.67(s,1H),9.05(s,2H)。 1 H NMR(400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ1.77(d,3H), 2.18-2.04(m,8H), 2.59(s,3H), 5.40(s,1H), 7.60(s,1H), 8.28- 8.18 (m, 2H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 9.05 (s, 2H).
本发明化合物的生物学评价Biological evaluation of the compounds of the invention
测试例1:本发明化合物对人P2X3受体抑制活性的评价Test Example 1: Evaluation of the compound of the present invention on the inhibitory activity of human P2X3 receptors
采用荧光成像读板仪法(Fluorescence Image Plate Reader,FLIPR,Molecular Devices,0296)监测细胞内钙水平变化以评价本发明化合物对人P2X3受体抑制 活性。Fluorescence Image Plate Reader (FLIPR, Molecular Devices, 0296) was used to monitor changes in intracellular calcium levels to evaluate the inhibitory activity of the compounds of the present invention on human P2X3 receptors.
实验过程:复苏HEK293-pCMV6-P2X3细胞株(Pharmaron,Clone#34),将其接种于完全培养基(DMEM,高葡萄糖(high glucose)(31053028,Gibco)+10%胎牛血清(FBS)(Gibco,10099141)+4mM GlutaMAX(Gibco,35050-061)+1×青霉素-链霉素,液体(100×,Gibco,15140-122)+350μg/ml遗传霉素(invitrogen,10131-027)中,在37℃,5%CO 2的培养箱中培养。待细胞培养至70%~90%融合度时,用胰蛋白酶(Thermofisher,12604021)消化细胞并重悬于细胞接种培养基(DMEM,高葡萄糖(31053028,Gibco)+2%胎牛血清(FBS)(Gibco,10099141)+4mM GlutaMAX(Gibco,35050-061))中,接种11000个细胞/孔/25μL至384孔细胞培养板(Corning,3845)中,在37℃,5%CO 2的培养箱中培养22小时。用实验缓冲液(1×HBSS(Gibco,14025076)+20mM HEPES(Gibco,15630080))将Component A粉末(FLIPR Calcium 6 Assay Kit,Molecular Devices,R8191)稀释至2×工作浓度,平衡至室温待用。将384孔细胞培养板置于室温平衡10分钟,去除培养基,加入25μL实验缓冲液和25μL 2×Component A,室温200g离心3-5秒后,于37℃静置2小时。用实验缓冲液将α,β-MeATP(Sigma,M6517)稀释至2.1μΜ,转移50μL至384孔板中,置于室温待用。取出细胞培养板于室温静置10分钟,将待测化合物工作液(检测起始浓度为10000nM,利用细胞接种培养基3倍稀释,使DMSO终浓度为0.1%)加至384孔细胞培养板的相应实验孔中,于室温孵育30分钟。利用FLIPR Tetra(Molecular Devices,0296)将10μL稀释好的α,β-MeATP加入相应待测实验孔中,设置激发波长为470-495nm,发射波长为515-575nm检测荧光值,收集数据。 Experimental process: Resuscitate HEK293-pCMV6-P2X3 cell line (Pharmaron, Clone#34), and inoculate it in complete medium (DMEM, high glucose (31053028, Gibco) + 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS) ( Gibco, 10099141) + 4mM GlutaMAX (Gibco, 35050-061) + 1× penicillin-streptomycin, liquid (100×, Gibco, 15140-122) + 350μg/ml geneticin (invitrogen, 10131-027), Cultivate in a 37°C, 5% CO 2 incubator. When the cells are cultured to 70% to 90% confluence, trypsin (Thermofisher, 12604021) digests the cells and resuspends them in cell seeding medium (DMEM, high glucose ( 31053028, Gibco) + 2% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) (Gibco, 10099141) + 4mM GlutaMAX (Gibco, 35050-061)), inoculate 11000 cells/well/25μL to a 384-well cell culture plate (Corning, 3845) Component A powder (FLIPR Calcium 6 Assay Kit) was incubated in an incubator at 37°C and 5% CO 2 for 22 hours. , Molecular Devices, R8191) Dilute to 2× working concentration, equilibrate to room temperature for later use. Place the 384-well cell culture plate at room temperature to equilibrate for 10 minutes, remove the medium, add 25μL experiment buffer and 25μL 2×Component A, room temperature 200g After centrifugation for 3-5 seconds, let it stand for 2 hours at 37° C. Dilute α, β-MeATP (Sigma, M6517) to 2.1 μM with experimental buffer, transfer 50 μL to a 384-well plate, and place it at room temperature for later use. The cell culture plate is allowed to stand at room temperature for 10 minutes, and the working solution of the compound to be tested (the initial concentration of detection is 10000 nM, and the cell seeding medium is used to dilute 3 times so that the final concentration of DMSO is 0.1%) is added to the corresponding 384-well cell culture plate Incubate the experimental wells at room temperature for 30 minutes. Use FLIPR Tetra (Molecular Devices, 0296) to add 10 μL of diluted α, β-MeATP to the corresponding experimental wells to be tested, set the excitation wavelength to 470-495nm and the emission wavelength to 515- Detect the fluorescence value at 575nm and collect the data.
利用GraphPad四参数非线性拟合公式计算化合物IC 50Nonlinear four parameter fit using GraphPad compound of formula IC 50:
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000036
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000036
X:化合物浓度log值;Y:比例。X: log value of compound concentration; Y: ratio.
本发明化合物对P2X3受体的抑制活性如下表1所示。The inhibitory activity of the compounds of the present invention on P2X3 receptors is shown in Table 1 below.
表1.本发明化合物对P2X3受体抑制IC 50Table 1. The compound of the present invention inhibits the IC 50 value of P2X3 receptor
化合物Compound P2X3 IC 50(nM) P2X3 IC 50 (nM)
实施例1Example 1 AA
实施例2Example 2 AA
实施例3Example 3 BB
实施例4Example 4 AA
实施例5Example 5 BB
实施例6Example 6 AA
实施例7Example 7 AA
实施例8Example 8 BB
实施例9Example 9 CC
实施例12Example 12 AA
A:IC 50≤100nM,B:100nM<IC 50≤200nM,C:200nM<IC 50 A: IC 50 ≤100nM, B: 100nM<IC 50 ≤200nM, C: 200nM<IC 50
结论:如上表1所述,本发明化合物显示出体外P2X3的拮抗活性。Conclusion: As described in Table 1 above, the compounds of the present invention show P2X3 antagonistic activity in vitro.
测试例2:本发明化合物对人P2X2/3受体抑制活性的评价Test Example 2: Evaluation of the compound of the present invention on the inhibitory activity of human P2X2/3 receptor
利用FLIPR法监测细胞内钙水平变化以评价本发明化合物对人P2X2/3受体抑制活性。The FLIPR method was used to monitor changes in intracellular calcium levels to evaluate the inhibitory activity of the compounds of the present invention on human P2X2/3 receptors.
实验过程:复苏HEK293/hP2X2/3细胞株(Bioduro clone#164),将细胞接种于用1X基质胶(BD Bioscience,354230)5μL/孔包被的384孔板。37℃,5%CO 2培养箱孵育30分钟。然后处理细胞,去除培养液,PBS洗涤一次,用0.25%胰蛋白酶-EDTA(Invitrogen,25200056)消化细胞,调整细胞密度为7.5X10 5/mL。将稀释好的细胞加入384孔检测板(Corning,3709)中,20μL/孔。将孔板置于37℃,5%CO 2培养箱中孵育过夜。弃去384孔检测板中细胞培养基,加入20μL/孔新鲜制备的Fluo-8缓冲液(AAT Bioquest,21080)。37℃、5%CO 2培养箱中避光孵育1小时。 Experimental process: The HEK293/hP2X2/3 cell line (Bioduro clone#164) was resuscitated, and the cells were seeded in a 384-well plate coated with 5 μL/well of 1X Matrigel (BD Bioscience, 354230). Incubate for 30 minutes in a 37°C, 5% CO 2 incubator. Then process the cells, remove the culture medium, wash once with PBS, digest the cells with 0.25% trypsin-EDTA (Invitrogen, 25200056), and adjust the cell density to 7.5× 10 5 /mL. Add the diluted cells to a 384-well detection plate (Corning, 3709), 20 μL/well. Place the well plate in a 37°C, 5% CO 2 incubator and incubate overnight. The cell culture medium in the 384-well detection plate was discarded, and 20 μL/well of freshly prepared Fluo-8 buffer (AAT Bioquest, 21080) was added. Incubate for 1 hour in a 37°C, 5% CO 2 incubator protected from light.
制备不同浓度的化合物,向384孔检测板中加入5μL/孔。37℃,5%CO 2培养箱中孵育30分钟。制备6X EC80的αβ-meATP(TOCRIS,3209),利用Flipr将5μL/孔加入384孔检测板,收集数据。 Compounds of different concentrations were prepared, and 5 μL/well was added to the 384-well detection plate. Incubate in a 37°C, 5% CO 2 incubator for 30 minutes. Prepare 6X EC80 αβ-meATP (TOCRIS, 3209), use Flipr to add 5 μL/well to a 384-well detection plate, and collect data.
本发明化合物对P2X2/3受体的抑制活性如下表2所示。The inhibitory activity of the compounds of the present invention on P2X2/3 receptors is shown in Table 2 below.
表2.本发明化合物对P2X2/3受体抑制IC 50Table 2. The compound of the present invention inhibits the IC 50 value of P2X2/3 receptor
化合物Compound P2X2/3 IC 50(nM) P2X2/3 IC 50 (nM)
实施例1Example 1 AA
实施例2Example 2 BB
实施例5Example 5 CC
实施例6Example 6 AA
实施例7Example 7 BB
实施例8Example 8 CC
A:IC 50>250nM,B:100n<IC 50≤250nM,C:IC 50≤100nM A: IC 50 >250nM, B: 100n<IC 50 ≤250nM, C: IC 50 ≤100nM
结论:如上表2所述,本发明的化合物对P2X2/3异源二聚受体的抑制活性较差。Conclusion: As described in Table 2 above, the compound of the present invention has poor inhibitory activity on P2X2/3 heterodimeric receptors.
测试例3:本发明化合物的药代动力学性质Test Example 3: Pharmacokinetic properties of the compound of the present invention
动物:Wistar雄性大鼠,180-220g,7-8周龄,购于北京市维通利华实验动物技术有限公司,SPF级,动物生产许可证号:SCXK(京)2016-0011。Animals: Wistar male rats, 180-220g, 7-8 weeks old, purchased from Beijing Weitong Lihua Laboratory Animal Technology Co., Ltd., SPF grade, animal production license number: SCXK (京) 2016-0011.
实验过程:实施例6、实施例12化合物的口服剂量为3mg/kg,采血点确定为 口服给药前及给药后8分钟、15分钟、30分钟、1小时、3小时、5小时、8小时、10小时、12小时和24小时。动物采用吸入麻醉,麻醉参数:流速:1.0L/m,氧气压力:0.1MPa,溶度:4.5%,麻醉用时:3分钟。动物麻醉后眼眶采血0.5mL,采血管预先按10mg/mL肝素锂与血浆体积比为1:10加入,抗凝。混合均匀后,3000rpm/分离心,离心10分钟,取上层血浆,冻存到-20℃冰箱内,备用。Experimental process: The oral dosage of the compound of Example 6 and Example 12 was 3 mg/kg, and the blood sampling point was determined to be 8 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 3 hours, 5 hours, 8 minutes before oral administration and after administration. Hours, 10 hours, 12 hours and 24 hours. Animals were anesthetized by inhalation, anesthesia parameters: flow rate: 1.0 L/m, oxygen pressure: 0.1 MPa, solubility: 4.5%, anesthesia time: 3 minutes. After the animal was anesthetized, 0.5 mL of blood was collected from the orbit, and the blood collection tube was added at a volume ratio of 10 mg/mL lithium heparin to plasma at a volume ratio of 1:10 for anticoagulation. After mixing uniformly, centrifuge at 3000 rpm/centrifuge for 10 minutes, take the upper layer of plasma, and freeze it in a refrigerator at -20°C for later use.
取动物血浆样品50μL置于1.5ml EP管中,加入内标工作液5μL,涡旋60秒充分混匀。涡旋后加入0.2mL乙腈,涡旋剧烈震荡1分钟,16000rpm离心10分钟。移取上清液0.2mL,用0.22μm滤膜过滤后加入进样小瓶中待测。质谱条件下分离测定,记录各待测样品及内标峰面积。Take 50μL of animal plasma sample and place it in a 1.5ml EP tube, add 5μL of internal standard working solution, and vortex for 60 seconds to mix thoroughly. After vortexing, add 0.2 mL of acetonitrile, vortex vigorously for 1 minute, and centrifuge at 16000 rpm for 10 minutes. Pipette 0.2 mL of the supernatant, filter it with a 0.22 μm filter membrane, and add it to the sample vial for testing. Separate and determine under mass spectrometry conditions, and record the peak area of each sample to be tested and the internal standard.
应用数据处理软件,对待测物和内标物进行积分,得出峰面积;以待测物浓度(x)为横坐标,待测物与内标物的峰面积比值(y)为纵坐标,用加权最小二乘法(权重为1/x2)进行回归运算,求得的直线回归方程即为血浆校正曲线。采用DAS进行统计分析。获得各种药代参数、药时曲线。Use data processing software to integrate the analyte and the internal standard to obtain the peak area; take the concentration of the analyte (x) as the abscissa, and the peak area ratio (y) of the analyte and the internal standard as the ordinate, Use the weighted least squares method (weight 1/x2) to perform the regression operation, and the linear regression equation obtained is the plasma calibration curve. DAS was used for statistical analysis. Obtain various pharmacokinetic parameters and drug-time curves.
本发明实施例6、实施例12化合物的药代动力学性质如下表3。The pharmacokinetic properties of the compound of Example 6 and Example 12 of the present invention are shown in Table 3 below.
表3.本发明化合物药代动力学参数Table 3. Pharmacokinetic parameters of the compounds of the invention
实施例Example AUC (0-t)(ug/L*h) AUC (0-t) (ug/L*h) t 1/2z(h) t 1/2z (h) T max(h) T max (h) C max(ug/L) C max (ug/L)
实施例6Example 6 >200>200 >5>5 >5>5 >20>20
实施例12Example 12 >200>200 >1>1 >1>1 >20>20
测试例4:本发明化合物对组胺-柠檬酸豚鼠急性咳嗽模型疗效Test Example 4: Efficacy of the compound of the present invention on histamine-citrate guinea pig acute cough model
动物:Dunkin Hartley豚鼠,雄性,300-350g。购于北京市金牧阳实验动物养殖有限公司,普通级,动物生产许可证号:SCXK(京)2015-0005。Animal: Dunkin Hartley guinea pig, male, 300-350g. Purchased from Beijing Jinmuyang Experimental Animal Breeding Co., Ltd., general grade, animal production license number: SCXK (Beijing) 2015-0005.
实验过程:动物分组为模型对照组、实施例6化合物3mg/kg给药组及实施例6化合物30mg/kg给药组。激发豚鼠咳嗽前30-60分钟,各组给予相应药物。首先采用2mg/mL组胺溶液超声雾化吸入至敏豚鼠1-2分钟,待其出现咳嗽后迅速拿出,5分钟后用2M柠檬酸溶液雾化吸入引咳5分钟;自柠檬酸雾化开始,观察豚鼠5分钟内的咳嗽潜伏期及咳嗽次数,根据豚鼠咳嗽潜伏期及咳嗽次数,评价实施例6化合物对豚鼠咳嗽模型的镇咳作用。Experimental process: The animals were grouped into a model control group, a 3 mg/kg administration group of the compound of Example 6 and a 30 mg/kg administration group of the compound of Example 6. 30-60 minutes before stimulating guinea pigs to cough, each group was given corresponding drugs. First, use 2mg/mL histamine solution ultrasonic atomization inhalation to the allergic guinea pig for 1-2 minutes, and quickly take it out after coughing. After 5 minutes, use 2M citric acid solution to inhale the cough for 5 minutes; from citric acid atomization At the beginning, the guinea pig's incubation period of cough and the number of coughs within 5 minutes were observed, and the antitussive effect of the compound of Example 6 on the guinea pig cough model was evaluated based on the guinea pig's incubation period and the number of coughs.
本发明化合物对组胺-柠檬酸豚鼠急性咳嗽模型疗效如下表4。The curative effect of the compound of the present invention on histamine-citrate guinea pig acute cough model is shown in Table 4.
表4.豚鼠咳嗽潜伏期变化表Table 4. Changes in the incubation period of cough in guinea pigs
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-000037
注:*P<0.05v.s模型组;**P<0.01v.s模型组,T-检验Note: *P<0.05v.s model group; **P<0.01v.s model group, T-test
结论:实施例6化合物能够有效延长豚鼠咳嗽潜伏期,明显降低咳嗽次数,具有进一步开发的价值。Conclusion: The compound of Example 6 can effectively prolong the incubation period of cough in guinea pigs, significantly reduce the number of coughs, and has the value of further development.

Claims (19)

  1. 一种通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,A compound represented by general formula (I) or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100001
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100001
    其中:in:
    W 1、W 2、W 3各自独立地选自CR 6或N; W 1 , W 2 , and W 3 are each independently selected from CR 6 or N;
    A 1、A 2、A 3、A 4、A 5各自独立地选自C、N、O或S; A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , and A 5 are each independently selected from C, N, O or S;
    R 1选自-NR aR b、-NR aS(O) mR b、-NR aS(O) mNR aR b、-NR aS(O)(NR a)R b、-NR aS(O)(NR a)NR b、-NR aC(O)R b、-NR aC(O)NR aR b、-S(O) mR a、-S(O) mNR aR b、-S(O)(NR a)NR aR b、-OR a、-C(O)NR aR b、-P(O)R aR b、-(CR aR b)R bR 1 is selected from -NR a R b , -NR a S(O) m R b , -NR a S(O) m NR a R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )NR b , -NR a C(O)R b , -NR a C(O)NR a R b , -S(O) m R a , -S(O) m NR a R b , -S(O)(NR a )NR a R b , -OR a , -C(O)NR a R b , -P(O)R a R b , -(CR a R b )R b ;
    每一个R 2各自独立地选自氢、卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、羟基、巯基、氧代基、烷基、烷氧基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基、-C(O)R a、-O(O)CR a、-C(O)OR a、-C(O)NR aR b、-NHC(O)R a、-S(O) mR a、-S(O) mNR aR b、-NHS(O) mR a;其中所述烷基、烷氧基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、氧代基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; Each R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, mercapto, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl , -C(O)R a , -O(O)CR a , -C(O)OR a , -C(O)NR a R b , -NHC(O)R a , -S(O) m R a, -S (O) m NR a R b, -NHS (O) m R a; wherein said alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl groups are optionally further substituted Selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, oxo, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, ester, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, hetero One or more groups of aryl are substituted;
    R 3选自芳基或杂芳基;所述芳基或杂芳基任选进一步被选自卤素、烷基、卤代烷基、烷氧基、卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代; R 3 is selected from aryl or heteroaryl; the aryl or heteroaryl is optionally further substituted with one or more groups selected from halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, and haloalkoxy;
    L选自-C(R 4R 5)-; L is selected from -C(R 4 R 5 )-;
    R 4和R 5各自独立地选自氢、烷基、烷氧基;其中所述烷基和烷氧基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、氧代基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, alkoxy; wherein the alkyl and alkoxy are optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, One or more group substitutions of ester group, oxo group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group, aryl group and heteroaryl group;
    R 6选自氢、卤素、羟基、氰基、氨基、羧基、酯基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基,其中所述烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基和杂芳基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、氧代基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; R 6 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino, carboxy, ester, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, wherein The alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group, aryl group and heteroaryl group are optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxyl, One or more group substitutions of ester group, oxo group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group, aryl group and heteroaryl group;
    R a和R b各自独立地选自氢、卤素、羟基、氰基、氨基、羧基、酯基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基,其中所述烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基和杂芳基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝 基、氰基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、氧代基、烷基、烷氧基、卤代烷基、卤代烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; R a and R b are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, amino, carboxy, ester, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, Heteroaryl groups, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups are optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, One of hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxyl, ester, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, heteroaryl or one of Multiple group substitutions;
    或者R a和R b与他们连接的原子一起形成环烷基或杂环基,所述环烷基或杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、氧代基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、烷基、烷氧基、卤代烷基、卤代烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; Or R a and R b together with the atoms to which they are attached form a cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group, the cycloalkyl or heterocyclic group is optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, oxo, One or more groups of hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxyl, ester, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl replace;
    m为0、1或2;m is 0, 1 or 2;
    n为0至3的整数。n is an integer from 0 to 3.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其为通式(II)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to claim 1 or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or mixture form thereof, or pharmacologically thereof Salt for use, which is a compound represented by the general formula (II) or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof ,
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100002
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100002
    其中,A 1、A 2、A 3、A 4、A 5、R 1、R 2、R 3、L、n如权利要求1所定义。 Wherein, A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , L, and n are as defined in claim 1.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to claim 1 or 2, or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof, or Medicinal salt,
    其中,in,
    基团
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100003
    选自吡咯基、呋喃基、噻吩基、吡唑基、咪唑基、噻唑基、噁唑基、异噻唑基、异噁唑基、1,3,4-噁二唑基、1,2,4-噁二唑基、1,3,4-噻二唑基、1,2,4-噻二唑基、三唑基或四唑基,优选吡唑基、噻唑基、噁唑基或1,3,4-噁二唑基,更优选噻唑基;
    Group
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100003
    Selected from pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4 -Oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, triazolyl or tetrazolyl, preferably pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl or 1, 3,4-oxadiazolyl, more preferably thiazolyl;
    所述的
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100004
    被n个R 2所取代;
    Said
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100004
    Replaced by n R 2;
    R 2和n如权利要求1所定义。 R 2 and n are as defined in claim 1.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 3, or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
    其中,R 3为C 6-C 10芳基或5至10元杂芳基,优选苯基、吡啶基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基、哒嗪基,更优选嘧啶基,所述芳基或杂芳基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6 烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代。 Wherein, R 3 is a C 6 -C 10 aryl group or a 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl group, preferably phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, more preferably pyrimidinyl, the aryl or hetero an aryl group optionally further substituted selected from halogen, C 1- C 6 alkyl, C 1- C 6 haloalkyl, C 1- C 6 alkoxy, C 1- C 6 haloalkoxy groups, one or more replace.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 4, or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
    R 1选自-NR aR b、-NR aS(O) mR b、-NR aS(O) mNR aR b、-NR aS(O)(NR a)R b、-NR aS(O)(NR a)NR b、-NR aC(O)R b、-NR aC(O)NR aR b、-S(O) mR a、-S(O) mNR aR b、-S(O)(NR a)NR aR b、-OR a、-C(O)NR aR b、-P(O)R aR b、-(CR aR b)R b,优选-NR aR b、-NR aS(O) 2R b、-NR aS(O)(NR a)R b、-NR aS(O) 2NR aR b、-NR aS(O)(NR a)NR b、-NR aC(O)R b、-NR aC(O)NR aR b、-S(O)R a、-SO 2R a、-S(O) 2NR aR b、-S(O)(NR a)NR aR b、-OR a、-P(O)R aR bR 1 is selected from -NR a R b , -NR a S(O) m R b , -NR a S(O) m NR a R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )NR b , -NR a C(O)R b , -NR a C(O)NR a R b , -S(O) m R a , -S(O) m NR a R b , -S(O)(NR a )NR a R b , -OR a , -C(O)NR a R b , -P(O)R a R b , -(CR a R b )R b , preferably -NR a R b , -NR a S(O) 2 R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )R b , -NR a S(O) 2 NR a R b , -NR a S(O)(NR a )NR b , -NR a C(O)R b , -NR a C(O)NR a R b , -S(O)R a , -SO 2 R a , -S( O) 2 NR a R b , -S(O)(NR a )NR a R b , -OR a , -P(O)R a R b ;
    R a和R b各自独立地选自氢、卤素、烷基、烷氧基、环烷基、杂环基,其中所述烷基、烷氧基、环烷基、杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、氧代基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; R a and R b are each independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, and heterocyclyl are optionally further selected from Selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxy, ester, oxo, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, hetero One or more aryl groups are substituted;
    或者R a和R b与他们连接的原子一起形成5至8元杂环基,所述杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、氧代基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代; Or R a and R b together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group is optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, oxo, hydroxyl, mercapto, One or more group substitutions of carboxyl group, ester group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group, aryl group and heteroaryl group;
    m为0、1或2。m is 0, 1, or 2.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
    R 1选自-NR aR bR 1 is selected from -NR a R b ;
    R a选自氢、C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基特别是环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、或5-8元杂环基特别是氧杂环丁烷基、氮杂环丁烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基,其中所述C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基、5-8元杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代; R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted;
    R b选自氢或C 1-C 6烷基。 R b is selected from hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  7. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
    R 1选自-NR aR bR 1 is selected from -NR a R b ;
    R a和R b与他们连接的氮原子一起形成5至8元杂环基,优选四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基、或8元螺杂环基;所述杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代。 R a and R b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 5- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, preferably tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or 8-membered spiro heterocyclic group; The cyclic group is optionally further selected from one or more groups selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy replace.
  8. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、 外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
    R 1选自-S(O)R a或-SO 2R aR 1 is selected -S (O) R a, or -SO 2 R a;
    R a选自氢、C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基特别是环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、或5-8元杂环基特别是氧杂环丁烷基、氮杂环丁烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基,其中所述C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基、5-8元杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代。 R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted.
  9. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
    R 1选自-S(O) 2NR aR bR 1 is selected from -S(O) 2 NR a R b ;
    R a选自氢、C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基特别是环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、或5-8元杂环基特别是氧杂环丁烷基、氮杂环丁烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基,其中所述C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基、5-8元杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代; R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted;
    R b选自氢或C 1-C 6烷基; R b is selected from hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
    或者,R a和R b与他们连接的氮原子一起形成5至8元杂环基,优选四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基、或8元螺杂环基;所述杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代。 Alternatively, R a and R b together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 5- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, preferably tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or 8-membered spiro heterocyclic group; The heterocyclic group is optionally further selected from one or more of halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy Group substitution.
  10. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
    R 1选自-OR aR 1 is selected from -OR a ;
    R a选自氢、C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基特别是环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、或5-8元杂环基特别是氧杂环丁烷基、氮杂环丁烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基,其中所述C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基、5-8元杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代。 R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted.
  11. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
    R 1选自-P(O)R aR bR 1 is selected from -P(O)R a R b ;
    R a选自氢、C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基特别是环丙基、环丁基、环戊基、环己基、或5-8元杂环基特别是氧杂环丁烷基、氮杂环丁烷基、四氢呋喃基、四氢吡咯基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吗啉基,其中所述C 1-C 6烷基、C 3-C 6环烷基、5-8元杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代; R a is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, in particular cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 5-8 membered heterocyclyl particularly oxygen Etanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, wherein the C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 ring Alkyl and 5-8 membered heterocyclic groups are optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy One or more groups of the group are substituted;
    R b选自氢或C 1-C 6烷基; R b is selected from hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
    或者R a和R b与他们连接的原子一起形成5至8元杂环基,特别是磷杂环戊基;所述杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 1-C 6卤代烷基、C 1-C 6卤代烷氧基的一个或多个基团取代。 Or R a and R b together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5- to 8-membered heterocyclic group, especially a phosphoryl group; the heterocyclic group is optionally further selected from halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, One or more groups of C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 6 haloalkoxy are substituted.
  12. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 11, or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
    R 2选自氢、卤素、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基、C 3-C 7环烷基、5至7元杂环基;优选C 1-C 6烷基;其中所述烷基、烷氧基、环烷基、杂环基任选进一步被选自卤素、氨基、硝基、氰基、氧代基、羟基、巯基、羧基、酯基、烷基、烷氧基、烯基、炔基、环烷基、杂环基、芳基、杂芳基的一个或多个基团取代。 R 2 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic group; preferably C 1 -C 6 alkyl ; Wherein the alkyl group, alkoxy group, cycloalkyl group, heterocyclic group are optionally further selected from halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, oxo, hydroxyl, mercapto, carboxyl, ester, alkyl, One or more groups of alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl are substituted.
  13. 根据权利要求1至12中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,其中,The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 12, or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
    L选自-C(R 4R 5)-; L is selected from -C(R 4 R 5 )-;
    R 4和R 5各自独立地选自氢、C 1-C 6烷基、C 1-C 6烷氧基。 R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
  14. 根据权利要求1至13中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,所述化合物选自:The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 13 or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the compound is selected from:
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100005
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100005
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100006
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100006
  15. 一种制备根据权利要求1至14中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐的方法,其包括以下步骤:A method for preparing the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 14 or its mesomer, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, Or its mixture form, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt method, which comprises the following steps:
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100007
    Figure PCTCN2021095424-appb-100007
    在缩合剂存在下,将化合物Ig与Ih在碱性条件下进行缩合反应得到通式(I)化合物,其中,碱性条件优选DIPEA,缩合剂优选HATU;In the presence of a condensing agent, the compound Ig and Ih are subjected to a condensation reaction under basic conditions to obtain a compound of general formula (I), wherein the basic condition is preferably DIPEA, and the condensing agent is preferably HATU;
    其中,W 1、W 2、W 3、A 1、A 2、A 3、A 4、A 5、R 1、R 2、R 3、L、n如权利要求1所定义。 Wherein, W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , L, n are as defined in claim 1.
  16. 一种药物组合物,其含有根据权利要求1至14中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐,以及药学上可接受的载体。A pharmaceutical composition containing the compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 14 or its meso, racemate, enantiomer, or non-pair Enantiomers, or mixtures thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  17. 根据权利要求1至14中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐或者根据权利要求16所述的药物组合物在制备P2X3拮抗剂中的用途。The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 14 or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or use of the pharmaceutical composition according to claim 16 in the preparation of a P2X3 antagonist.
  18. 根据权利要求1至14中任一项所述的通式(I)所示的化合物或其内消旋体、外消旋体、对映异构体、非对映异构体、或其混合物形式、或其可药用盐或者根据权利要求16所述的药物组合物在制备预防和/或治疗与P2X3活性相关的疾病的药物中的用途。The compound represented by the general formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 14 or a meso, racemate, enantiomer, diastereomer, or a mixture thereof Form, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or use of the pharmaceutical composition according to claim 16 in the preparation of a medicament for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases related to P2X3 activity.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的用途,其中所述与P2X3活性相关的疾病选自呼吸系统疾病、泌尿生殖系统疾病、消化系统疾病、神经系统疾病、肌肉骨骼系统疾病、循环系统疾病和疼痛;所述呼吸系统疾病例如:慢性阻塞性肺病、肺气肿、 哮喘、支气管痉挛、肺纤维化、急性咳嗽、慢性咳嗽;所述泌尿生殖系统疾病如:子宫内膜异位症、子宫肌瘤、痛经、盆腔炎性疾病、尿道炎、膀胱炎、膀胱过度活动症、尿失禁、前列腺增生、前列腺炎、睾丸炎、性交困难;所述消化系统疾病如:肠易激综合征、溃疡性结肠炎、克罗恩病、胆绞痛和其他胆道疾病、功能性肠病、胃食管反流、胃扩张和结肠扩张;所述神经系统疾病如:癫痫、神经炎、神经病、阿尔茨海默病、帕金森病;所述肌肉骨骼系统疾病如:痛风、关节炎如骨关节炎、类风湿关节炎和强直性脊柱炎;所述循环系统疾病如:脑缺血、创伤性脑损伤、心肌梗塞。The use according to claim 18, wherein the disease related to P2X3 activity is selected from the group consisting of respiratory system disease, urogenital system disease, digestive system disease, nervous system disease, musculoskeletal system disease, circulatory system disease and pain; Respiratory diseases such as: chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, emphysema, asthma, bronchospasm, pulmonary fibrosis, acute cough, chronic cough; the genitourinary system diseases such as: endometriosis, uterine fibroids, dysmenorrhea, Pelvic inflammatory diseases, urethritis, cystitis, overactive bladder, urinary incontinence, prostatic hyperplasia, prostatitis, orchitis, dyspareunia; the digestive system diseases such as: irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, gram Rohn’s disease, biliary colic and other biliary diseases, functional bowel disease, gastroesophageal reflux, gastric dilation, and colon dilatation; the nervous system diseases such as: epilepsy, neuritis, neuropathy, Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s Diseases; the musculoskeletal system diseases such as: gout, arthritis such as osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis and ankylosing spondylitis; the circulatory system diseases such as: cerebral ischemia, traumatic brain injury, myocardial infarction.
PCT/CN2021/095424 2020-05-25 2021-05-24 Arylformamide compound and preparation method and medical use thereof WO2021238834A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180004411.6A CN114072399A (en) 2020-05-25 2021-05-24 Aromatic formamide compound and preparation method and medical application thereof
AU2021282039A AU2021282039A1 (en) 2020-05-25 2021-05-24 Arylformamide compound and preparation method and medical use thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010447193 2020-05-25
CN202010447193.0 2020-05-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021238834A1 true WO2021238834A1 (en) 2021-12-02

Family

ID=78745622

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/095424 WO2021238834A1 (en) 2020-05-25 2021-05-24 Arylformamide compound and preparation method and medical use thereof

Country Status (4)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114072399A (en)
AU (1) AU2021282039A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202144342A (en)
WO (1) WO2021238834A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022199654A1 (en) * 2021-03-24 2022-09-29 Chengdu Anticancer Bioscience, Ltd. Heteroaryl-heteroaryl-o-phenyl compounds, compositions and methods of treating cancer disorders

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102574778A (en) * 2009-06-22 2012-07-11 弗·哈夫曼-拉罗切有限公司 Novel biphenyl and phenyl-pyridine amides
US20170056398A1 (en) * 2009-06-22 2017-03-02 Roche Palo Alto Llc Substituted pyridines as p2x3 and p2x2/3 antagonists
US20170081320A1 (en) * 2008-12-16 2017-03-23 Roche Palo Alto Llc Thiadiazole-substituted arylamides as p2x3 and p2x2/3 antagonists
CN107207507A (en) * 2014-12-09 2017-09-26 拜耳公司 The benzamide of the base of 1,3 thiazole 2 substitution
WO2019219672A1 (en) * 2018-05-15 2019-11-21 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamides for the treatment of diseases associated with nerve fiber sensitization
WO2019219674A1 (en) * 2018-05-15 2019-11-21 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamides for the treatment of diseases associated with nerve fiber sensitization
WO2020260463A1 (en) * 2019-06-27 2020-12-30 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Analogues of 3-(5-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-n-{(1r)-1-[2-(trifluoro-methyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethyl}benzamide

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AUPP285898A0 (en) * 1998-04-07 1998-04-30 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Amido derivatives
WO2009058298A1 (en) * 2007-10-31 2009-05-07 Merck & Co., Inc. P2x3, receptor antagonists for treatment of pain
US8946439B2 (en) * 2008-02-29 2015-02-03 Evotec Ag Amide compounds, compositions and uses thereof

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170081320A1 (en) * 2008-12-16 2017-03-23 Roche Palo Alto Llc Thiadiazole-substituted arylamides as p2x3 and p2x2/3 antagonists
CN102574778A (en) * 2009-06-22 2012-07-11 弗·哈夫曼-拉罗切有限公司 Novel biphenyl and phenyl-pyridine amides
US20150080408A1 (en) * 2009-06-22 2015-03-19 Roche Palo Alto Llc Pyridinyl amides as p2x3 and p2x2/3 inhibitors
US20170056398A1 (en) * 2009-06-22 2017-03-02 Roche Palo Alto Llc Substituted pyridines as p2x3 and p2x2/3 antagonists
US20170057932A1 (en) * 2009-06-22 2017-03-02 Roche Palo Alto Llc Biphenyl and phenyl-pyridine amides as p2x3 and p2x2/3 antagonists
CN107207507A (en) * 2014-12-09 2017-09-26 拜耳公司 The benzamide of the base of 1,3 thiazole 2 substitution
WO2019219672A1 (en) * 2018-05-15 2019-11-21 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamides for the treatment of diseases associated with nerve fiber sensitization
WO2019219674A1 (en) * 2018-05-15 2019-11-21 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 1,3-thiazol-2-yl substituted benzamides for the treatment of diseases associated with nerve fiber sensitization
WO2020260463A1 (en) * 2019-06-27 2020-12-30 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Analogues of 3-(5-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-n-{(1r)-1-[2-(trifluoro-methyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]ethyl}benzamide

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022199654A1 (en) * 2021-03-24 2022-09-29 Chengdu Anticancer Bioscience, Ltd. Heteroaryl-heteroaryl-o-phenyl compounds, compositions and methods of treating cancer disorders

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202144342A (en) 2021-12-01
AU2021282039A1 (en) 2022-12-01
CN114072399A (en) 2022-02-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI718207B (en) Benzofuran derivatives, preparation method thereof and medicinal application thereof
JP7050751B2 (en) Compounds and compositions for treating conditions associated with NLRP activity
TWI642667B (en) Pyridino pyrimidine derivatives, preparation method and medical use thereof
CN110088105B (en) Small molecule inhibitors of JAK family kinases
TW202115076A (en) Pyrimidine five-membered nitrogen heterocyclic derivatives, a preparation method thereof and pharmaceutical use thereof
WO2021027911A1 (en) Novel spirocyclic k-ras g12c inhibitor
EP3610874A1 (en) Pharmaceutical composition containing mor agonist and kor agonist, and uses thereof
CN110072865B (en) Pyrrolo-aromatic heterocyclic compounds, preparation method and medical application thereof
CN103097340A (en) Therapeutically active compositions and their method of use
TW202012412A (en) A pharmaceutical composition containing amide derivatives, its preparation method and application thereof
TW202043200A (en) 2-oxo-1,2-dihydropyridin derivative, a preparation method thereof and a medical use thereof
TWI718113B (en) Pyridinecarboxamides derivatives, preparation process and pharmaceutical use thereof
CN107033097B (en) Oxadiazole derivative, preparation method and medical application thereof
WO2011136269A1 (en) Tetrahydrobenzothiophene compound
EP3919489A1 (en) Aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring compounds, preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
WO2020011146A1 (en) 1,2,4-oxadiazole compounds, preparation method therefor and medicinal use thereof
TW202102480A (en) 6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridazine prodrug derivative, preparation method therefor, and medical applications thereof
TW200304817A (en) Chemical compounds
WO2019154294A1 (en) Pyrazolo[1,5-a][1,3,5]triazine-2-amine derivative, preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
CN110167941A (en) Substituted fused heteroaryl compounds are as kinase inhibitor and its application
WO2021238834A1 (en) Arylformamide compound and preparation method and medical use thereof
TW202214603A (en) Crystal form of pyridazine derivative free base, preparation method, and application thereof
WO2019052440A1 (en) Deuterium atom-substituted indole formamide derivative, preparation method therefor, and medical applications thereof
TWI601726B (en) Pyrazolopyridine derivatives as ttx-s blockers
TW202128693A (en) Pyrazole-containing polycyclic derivative inhibitor, preparation method therefor and application thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21812122

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021282039

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20210524

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21812122

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1